Category: Politics

  • MIL-OSI: CPS Announces First Quarter 2025 Earnings

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Revenues of $106.9 million compared to $91.7 million in the prior year period
    • Net income of $4.7 million, or $0.19 per diluted share
    • Total portfolio balance of $3.615 billion, highest in company history
    • New contract purchases of $451.2 million

    LAS VEGAS, NV, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. (Nasdaq: CPSS) (“CPS” or the “Company”) today announced earnings of $4.7 million, or $0.19 per diluted share, for its first quarter ended March 31, 2025. This compares to a net income of $4.6 million, or $0.19 per diluted share, in the first quarter of 2024.

    Revenues for the first quarter of 2025 were $106.9 million, an increase of $15.2 million, or 16.6%, compared to $91.7 million for the first quarter of 2024.  Total operating expenses for the first quarter of 2025 were $100.1 million compared to $85.2 million for the 2024 period.  Pretax income for the first quarter of 2025 was $6.8 million compared to pretax income of $6.6 million in the first quarter of 2024.

    During the first quarter of 2025, CPS purchased $451.2 million of new contracts compared to $457.8 million during the fourth quarter of 2024, and $346.3 million during the first quarter of 2024. The Company’s receivables totaled $3.615 billion as of March 31, 2025, an increase from $3.491 billion as of December 31, 2024, and an increase from $3.021 billion as of March 31, 2024.

    Annualized net charge-offs for the first quarter of 2025 were 7.54% of the average portfolio as compared to 7.84% for the first quarter of 2024. Delinquencies greater than 30 days (including repossession inventory) were 12.35% of the total portfolio as of March 31, 2025, compared to 12.39% as of March 31, 2024.

    “We started off the year by posting the highest amount in new loan originations for any first quarter in company history,” said Charles E. Bradley, Chief Executive Officer. “This positions us well for the remainder of the year, as we remain focused on driving the company forward.”  

    Conference Call

    CPS announced that it will hold a conference call on May 13, 2025 at 1:00 p.m. ET to discuss its first quarter 2025 operating results. 

    Those wishing to participate can pre-register for the conference call at the following link https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BIa727447d5fdf49d4b7da9c96f3d668b7. Registered participants will receive an email containing conference call details for dial-in options. To avoid delays, we encourage participants to dial into the conference call fifteen minutes ahead of the schedule start time. A replay will be available beginning two hours after conclusion of the call for 12 months via the Company’s website at https://ir.consumerportfolio.com/investor-relations.

    About Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.

    Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. is an independent specialty finance company that provides indirect automobile financing to individuals with past credit problems or limited credit histories. We purchase retail installment sales contracts primarily from franchised automobile dealerships secured by late model used vehicles and, to a lesser extent, new vehicles. We fund these contract purchases on a long-term basis primarily through the securitization markets and service the contracts over their lives.

    Forward-looking statements in this news release include the Company’s recorded figures representing allowances for remaining expected lifetime credit losses, its estimates of fair value (most significantly for its receivables accounted for at fair value), its provision for credit losses, its entries offsetting the preceding, and figures derived from any of the preceding. In each case, such figures are forward-looking statements because they are dependent on the Company’s estimates of losses to be incurred in the future. The accuracy of such estimates may be adversely affected by various factors, which include the following: possible increased delinquencies; repossessions and losses on retail installment contracts; incorrect prepayment speed and/or discount rate assumptions; possible unavailability of qualified personnel, which could adversely affect the Company’s ability to service its portfolio; possible increases in the rate of consumer bankruptcy filings, which could adversely affect the Company’s rights to collect payments from its portfolio; other changes in government regulations affecting consumer credit; possible declines in the market price for used vehicles, which could adversely affect the Company’s realization upon repossessed vehicles; and economic conditions in geographic areas in which the Company’s business is concentrated. Any or all of such factors also may affect the Company’s future financial results, as to which there can be no assurance. Any implication that the results of the most recently completed quarter are indicative of future results is disclaimed, and the reader should draw no such inference. Factors such as those identified above in relation to losses to be incurred in the future may affect future performance.

    Investor Relations Contact

    Danny Bharwani, Chief Financial Officer

    949-753-6811

     
    Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (In thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)
           
      Three months ended
      March 31,
        2025       2024  
    Revenues:      
    Interest income $ 101,933     $ 84,288  
    Mark to finance receivables measured at fair value   3,500       5,000  
    Other income   1,441       2,456  
        106,874       91,744  
    Expenses:      
    Employee costs   25,033       24,416  
    General and administrative   13,542       13,753  
    Interest   54,918       41,968  
    Provision for credit losses   (979 )     (1,635 )
    Other expenses   7,558       6,685  
        100,072       85,187  
    Income before income taxes   6,802       6,557  
    Income tax expense   2,108       1,967  
    Net income $ 4,694     $ 4,590  
           
    Earnings per share:      
    Basic $ 0.22     $ 0.22  
    Diluted $ 0.19     $ 0.19  
           
           
    Number of shares used in computing earnings per share:      
    Basic   21,444       21,143  
    Diluted   24,325       24,602  
                   
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (In thousands)
    (Unaudited)
           
           
      March 31,   December 31,
        2025       2024  
    Assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 29,841     $ 11,713  
    Restricted cash and equivalents   153,637       125,684  
    Finance receivables measured at fair value   3,449,106       3,313,767  
           
    Finance receivables   3,109       5,420  
    Allowance for finance credit losses   (249 )     (433 )
    Finance receivables, net   2,860       4,987  
           
           
    Deferred tax assets, net   826       1,010  
    Other assets   37,336       36,707  
      $ 3,673,606     $ 3,493,868  
           
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:      
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses $ 75,289     $ 70,151  
    Warehouse lines of credit   365,683       410,898  
    Residual interest financing   163,391       99,176  
    Securitization trust debt   2,743,269       2,594,384  
    Subordinated renewable notes   27,547       26,489  
        3,375,179       3,201,098  
           
    Shareholders’ equity   298,427       292,770  
      $ 3,673,606     $ 3,493,868  
                   
    Operating and Performance Data ($ in millions)        
         
        At and for the
        Three months ended
        March 31,
          2025       2024  
             
    Contracts purchased   $ 451.22     $ 346.30  
    Contracts securitized   $ 462.54     $ 300.61  
             
    Total portfolio balance (1)   $ 3,614.55     $ 3,021.19  
    Average portfolio balance (1)   $ 3,572.64     $ 2,993.82  
             
             
    Delinquencies (1)        
    31+ Days     9.75 %     9.98 %
    Repossession Inventory     2.60 %     2.41 %
    Total Delinquencies and Repo. Inventory     12.35 %     12.39 %
             
    Annualized Net Charge-offs as % of Average Portfolio (1)     7.54 %     7.84 %
             
    Recovery rates (1), (2)     27.7 %     33.3 %
                     
      For the
      Three months ended
      March 31,
      2025   2024
      $ (3)   % (4)   $ (3)   % (4)
    Interest income $ 101.93     11.4 %   $ 84.29     11.3 %
    Mark to finance receivables measured at fair value   3.50     0.4 %     5.00     0.7 %
    Other income   1.44     0.2 %     2.46     0.3 %
    Interest expense   (54.92 )   -6.1 %     (41.97 )   -5.6 %
    Net interest margin   51.96     5.8 %     49.78     6.7 %
    Provision for credit losses   0.98     0.1 %     1.64     0.2 %
    Risk adjusted margin   52.94     5.9 %     51.41     6.9 %
    Other operating expenses (5)   (46.13 )   -5.2 %     (44.85 )   -6.0 %
    Pre-tax income $ 6.80     0.8 %   $ 6.56     0.9 %
                               
    (1)  Excludes third party portfolios.
    (2)  Wholesale auction liquidation amounts (net of expenses) as a percentage of the account balance at the time of sale.
    (3)  Numbers may not add due to rounding.
    (4)  Annualized percentage of the average portfolio balance.  Percentages may not add due to rounding.  
    (5)  Total pre-tax expenses less provision for credit losses and interest expense.
                               

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: HighPeak Energy, Inc. Announces First Quarter 2025 Financial and Operating Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FORT WORTH, Texas, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — HighPeak Energy, Inc. (“HighPeak” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ: HPK) today announced financial and operating results for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, provided an updated 2025 development outlook and increased production guidance.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Sales volumes averaged approximately 53.1 thousand barrels of crude oil equivalent per day (“MBoe/d”), representing a 6% increase from the fourth quarter 2024.
    • Net income was $36.3 million, or $0.26 per diluted share and EBITDAX (a non-GAAP financial measure defined and reconciled below) was $197.3 million, or $1.40 per diluted share. First quarter 2025 adjusted net income (a non-GAAP financial measure defined and reconciled below) was $42.7 million, or $0.31 per diluted share.
    • Lease operating expenses averaged $6.61 per Boe, excluding workover expenses, representing a 3% decrease compared to the fourth quarter 2024.
    • Generated free cash flow (a non-GAAP financial measure defined and reconciled below) of $10.7 million, reduced long-term debt by $30 million and paid $0.04 per share in dividends.
    • Realized increased drilling and completion efficiency gains, which translated to drilling and completing four additional wells during the first quarter.

    Recent Events

    • Narrowed 2025 production guidance range and increased the midpoint.
    • On May 12, 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.04 per common share outstanding payable in June 2025.

    Statement from Jack Hightower, Chairman and CEO:

    In March, we discussed our four pillars of success for 2025 which include: 1) improving corporate efficiency, 2) maintaining capital discipline, 3) optimizing our capital structure, and 4) delivering shareholder value. I would like to take this opportunity to update our shareholders on where we stand and the progress we have made to date.

    Improving Corporate Efficiency
    HighPeak delivered another strong quarter of results, beating production guidance and consensus estimates, while also realizing higher levels of operating efficiencies in our development program. We drilled over 25% faster than our previous expectations, which translated to drilling and completing four additional wells during the first quarter. We are running smoother and more efficiently than ever before, while continuing to keep development costs in line with internal expectations.

    Maintaining Capital Discipline
    Due to the global economic uncertainty and its impact on oil prices, we have moderated our development program by laying down one rig for four months, May through August. Despite the pause, we remain on track to drill and complete the same number of wells in our 2025 guidance because of the gains made through operational efficiencies.

    As detailed on our March conference call, the majority of our 2025 infrastructure capex was first-quarter weighted. Factoring in drilling and completing four additional wells, we accomplished an outsized portion of our planned annual development activity during the first quarter. Going forward, we expect our quarterly capital expenditures to be materially lower and the total for the year to fall within our 2025 guided capex range. Although our operations are running much more efficiently, this is not the proper time to accelerate development activity from our original plan. Additionally, we have complete flexibility from a land and operations perspective to reduce the budget and leave a rig down for longer than the current plan if conditions warrant.

    Optimizing our Capital Structure
    We remain committed to optimizing our capital structure and remain poised to execute our plan once the market has stabilized. We are in a healthy financial position with no near-term debt maturities and are taking proactive steps to keep our balance sheet strong as we navigate this turbulent market.

    Shareholder Value
    Given the current global macro-economic backdrop, this is a time to remain nimble and prudent, which our high-quality asset base allows. As large owners of the Company, management is fully aligned with shareholders and has a long-term outlook on value creation. While markets may be volatile, it is important to remember the fundamental value of our asset base is still strong.

    First Quarter 2025 Operational Update

    HighPeak’s sales volumes during the first quarter of 2025 averaged 53.1 MBoe/d, a six percent increase over the fourth quarter 2024. First quarter sales volumes consisted of approximately 72% crude oil and 86% liquids.

    The Company averaged two drilling rigs and one frac crew during the first quarter, drilled 16 gross (16.0 net) horizontal wells and turned-in-line 13 gross (12.9 net) producing wells. On March 31, 2025, the Company had 28 gross (28.0 net) horizontal wells in various stages of drilling and completion.

    The Company updated its 2025 production guidance range to 48,000 – 50,500 Boe/d.

    HighPeak President, Michael Hollis, commented, “Our strong first quarter production is allowing us to narrow our guided range and increase the midpoint. This speaks to our strong well performance and the high quality of our long lived oily inventory. As seen in the last few commodity price cycles, HighPeak is realizing deflationary cost pressures on both the capex and opex fronts. With our increased operational efficiency, we are doing more with less and at a lower overall cost.”

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    HighPeak reported net income of $36.3 million for the first quarter of 2025, or $0.26 per diluted share, and EBITDAX of $197.3 million, or $1.40 per diluted share. HighPeak reported adjusted net income of $42.7 million for the first quarter of 2025, or $0.31 per diluted share.

    First quarter average realized prices were $71.64 per Bbl of crude oil, $24.21 per Bbl of NGL and $2.34 per Mcf of natural gas, resulting in an overall realized price of $53.84 per Boe, or 75% of the weighted average of NYMEX crude oil prices, excluding the effects of derivatives. HighPeak’s cash costs for the first quarter were $11.94 per Boe, including lease operating expenses of $6.61 per Boe, workover expenses of $0.83 per Boe, production and ad valorem taxes of $3.17 per Boe and G&A expenses of $1.33 per Boe. As a result, the Company’s unhedged EBITDAX per Boe was $41.90 per Boe, or 78% of the overall realized price per Boe for the quarter, excluding the effects of derivatives.

    HighPeak’s first quarter 2025 capital expenditures to drill, complete, equip, provide facilities and for infrastructure were $179.8 million.

    Hedging

    Crude oil. As of March 31, 2025, HighPeak had the following outstanding crude oil derivative instruments and the weighted average crude oil prices and premiums payable per Bbl:

                          Swaps     Collars, Enhanced Collars
    & Deferred
    Premium Puts
     
    Settlement
    Month
      Settlement
    Year
      Type of
    Contract
      Bbls
    Per
    Day
      Index   Price per
    Bbl
        Floor or
    Strike
    Price per
    Bbl
        Ceiling
    Price per
    Bbl
        Deferred
    Premium
    Payable
    per Bbl
     
    Crude Oil:                                                  
    Apr – Jun   2025   Swap     5,500   WTI Cushing   $ 76.37     $     $     $  
    Apr – Jun   2025   Collar     7,989   WTI Cushing   $     $ 64.38     $ 88.55     $ 2.00  
    Apr – Jun   2025   Put     9,000   WTI Cushing   $     $ 65.78     $     $ 5.00  
    Jul – Sep   2025   Swap     3,000   WTI Cushing   $ 75.85     $     $     $  
    Jul – Sep   2025   Collar     7,000   WTI Cushing   $     $ 65.00     $ 90.08     $ 2.28  
    Jul – Sep   2025   Put     9,000   WTI Cushing   $     $ 65.78     $     $ 5.00  
    Oct – Dec   2025   Collar     5,000   WTI Cushing   $     $ 60.00     $ 72.80     $  
    Jan – Mar   2026   Collar     5,000   WTI Cushing   $     $ 60.00     $ 72.80     $  
     

    The Company’s crude oil derivative contracts detailed above are based on reported settlement prices on the New York Mercantile Exchange for West Texas Intermediate pricing.

    Natural gas. As of March 31, 2025, the Company had the following outstanding natural gas derivative instruments and the weighted average natural gas prices payable per MMBtu.

    Settlement Month   Settlement
    Year
      Type of
    Contract
      MMBtu
    Per Day
      Index   Price per
    MMBtu
     
    Natural Gas:                          
    Apr – Jun   2025   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.43  
    Jul – Sep   2025   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.43  
    Oct – Dec   2025   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.43  
    Jan – Mar   2026   Swap     19,667   HH   $ 4.43  
     

    HighPeak added the following natural gas swaps in April 2025.

    Settlement Month   Settlement
    Year
      Type of
    Contract
      MMBtu
    Per Day
      Index   Price per
    MMBtu
     
    Natural Gas:                          
    Jan – Mar   2026   Swap     10,333   HH   $ 4.30  
    Apr – Jun   2026   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.30  
    Jul – Sep   2026   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.30  
    Oct – Dec   2026   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.30  
    Jan – Mar   2027   Swap     19,667   HH   $ 4.30  
     

    Dividends

    During the first quarter of 2025, HighPeak’s Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of $0.04 per share, or $5.0 million in dividends paid to stockholders during the quarter. In addition, in May 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.04 per share, or approximately $5.0 million in dividends, to be paid on June 25, 2025, to stockholders of record on June 2, 2025. 

    Conference Call

    HighPeak will host a conference call and webcast on Tuesday, May 13, 2025, at 10:00 a.m. Central Time for investors and analysts to discuss its results for the first quarter of 2025. Conference call participants may register for the call here. Access to the live audio-only webcast and replay of the earnings release conference call may be found here. A live broadcast of the earnings conference call will also be available on the HighPeak Energy website at www.highpeakenergy.com under the “Investors” section of the website. A replay will also be available on the website following the call.

    When available, a copy of the Company’s earnings release, investor presentation and Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q may be found on its website at www.highpeakenergy.com.

    About HighPeak Energy, Inc.

    HighPeak Energy, Inc. is a publicly traded independent crude oil and natural gas company, headquartered in Fort Worth, Texas, focused on the acquisition, development, exploration and exploitation of unconventional crude oil and natural gas reserves in the Midland Basin in West Texas. For more information, please visit our website at www.highpeakenergy.com.

    Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    The information in this press release contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. When used in this document, the words “believes,” “plans,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “continue,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “future,” “potential,” “estimate” or the negative of such terms and similar expressions as they relate to HighPeak Energy, Inc. (“HighPeak Energy” or the “Company”) are intended to identify forward-looking statements, which are generally not historical in nature. The forward-looking statements are based on the Company’s current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about the Company and the industry in which the Company operates. Although the Company believes that the expectations and assumptions reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable as and when made, they involve risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict and, in many cases, beyond the Company’s control. For example, the Company’s review of strategic alternatives may not result in a sale of the Company, a recommendation that a transaction occur or result in a completed transaction, and any transaction that occurs may not increase shareholder value, in each case as a result of such risks and uncertainties.

    These risks and uncertainties include, among other things, the results of the strategic review being undertaken by the Company’s Board and the interest of prospective counterparties, the Company’s ability to realize the results contemplated by its 2025 guidance, volatility of commodity prices, political instability or armed conflicts in crude or natural gas producing regions such as the ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine or Israel and Hamas, product supply and demand, the impact of a widespread outbreak of an illness, such as the coronavirus disease pandemic, on global and U.S. economic activity, competition, OPEC+ policy decisions, potential new trade policies, such as tariffs, could adversely affect the Company’s operations, business and profitability, inflationary pressures on costs of oilfield goods, services and personnel, the ability to obtain environmental and other permits and the timing thereof, other government regulation or action, the ability to obtain approvals from third parties and negotiate agreements with third parties on mutually acceptable terms, litigation, the costs and results of drilling and operations, availability of equipment, services, resources and personnel required to perform the Company’s drilling and operating activities, access to and availability of transportation, processing, fractionation, refining and storage facilities, HighPeak Energy’s ability to replace reserves, implement its business plans or complete its development activities as scheduled, access to and cost of capital, the financial strength of counterparties to any credit facility and derivative contracts entered into by HighPeak Energy, if any, and purchasers of HighPeak Energy’s oil, natural gas liquids and natural gas production, uncertainties about estimates of reserves, identification of drilling locations and the ability to add proved reserves in the future, the assumptions underlying forecasts, including forecasts of production, expenses, cash flow from sales of oil and gas and tax rates, quality of technical data, environmental and weather risks, including the possible impacts of climate change, cybersecurity risks and acts of war or terrorism. These and other risks are described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K and other filings with the SEC. The Company undertakes no duty to publicly update these statements except as required by law.

    Reserve engineering is a process of estimating underground accumulations of hydrocarbons that cannot be measured in an exact way. The accuracy of any reserve estimate depends on the quality of available data, the interpretation of such data and price and cost assumptions made by reserve engineers. Reserves estimates included herein may not be indicative of the level of reserves or PV-10 value of oil and natural gas production in the future. In addition, the results of drilling, testing and production activities may justify revisions of estimates that were made previously. If significant, such revisions could impact HighPeak’s strategy and change the schedule of any further production and development drilling. Accordingly, reserve estimates may differ significantly from the quantities of oil and natural gas that are ultimately recovered.

    Use of Projections

    The financial, operational, industry and market projections, estimates and targets in this press release and in the Company’s guidance (including production, operating expenses and capital expenditures in future periods) are based on assumptions that are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. The assumptions and estimates underlying the projected, expected or target results are inherently uncertain and are subject to a wide variety of significant business, economic, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in the financial, operational, industry and market projections, estimates and targets, including assumptions, risks and uncertainties described in “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” above. These projections are speculative by their nature and, accordingly, are subject to significant risk of not being actually realized by the Company. Projected results of the Company for 2025 are particularly speculative and subject to change. Actual results may vary materially from the current projections, including for reasons beyond the Company’s control. The projections are based on current expectations and available information as of the date of this release. The Company undertakes no duty to publicly update these projections except as required by law.

    Drilling Locations

    The Company has estimated its drilling locations based on well spacing assumptions and upon the evaluation of its drilling results and those of other operators in its area, combined with its interpretation of available geologic and engineering data. The drilling locations actually drilled on the Company’s properties will depend on the availability of capital, regulatory approvals, commodity prices, costs, actual drilling results and other factors. Any drilling activities conducted on these identified locations may not be successful and may not result in additional proved reserves. Further, to the extent the drilling locations are associated with acreage that expires, the Company would lose its right to develop the related locations.

    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
    (In thousands)
        March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
     
    Current assets:              
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 51,619     $ 86,649    
    Accounts receivable     78,356       85,242    
    Inventory     8,706       10,952    
    Prepaid expenses     8,301       4,587    
    Derivative instruments     5,620       7,582    
    Total current assets     152,602       195,012    
    Crude oil and natural gas properties, using the successful efforts method of accounting:              
    Proved properties     4,140,881       3,959,545    
    Unproved properties     71,359       70,868    
    Accumulated depletion, depreciation and amortization     (1,293,949 )     (1,184,684 )  
    Total crude oil and natural gas properties, net     2,918,291       2,845,729    
    Other property and equipment, net     3,141       3,201    
    Other noncurrent assets     19,047       19,346    
    Total assets   $ 3,093,081     $ 3,063,288    
                   
    Current liabilities:              
    Current portion of long-term debt, net   $ 120,000     $ 120,000    
    Accounts payable – trade     66,473       74,011    
    Accrued capital expenditures     53,240       35,170    
    Revenues and royalties payable     27,993       26,838    
    Other accrued liabilities     22,065       22,196    
    Derivative instruments     8,275       5,380    
    Operating leases     821       719    
    Advances from joint interest owners           316    
    Total current liabilities     298,867       284,630    
    Noncurrent liabilities:              
    Long-term debt, net     902,844       928,384    
    Deferred income taxes     242,337       232,398    
    Asset retirement obligations     15,058       14,750    
    Operating leases     581       670    
    Commitments and contingencies              
                   
    Stockholders’ equity              
    Common stock     13       13    
    Additional paid-in capital     1,166,786       1,166,609    
    Retained earnings     466,595       435,834    
    Total stockholders’ equity     1,633,394       1,602,456    
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 3,093,081     $ 3,063,288    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (in thousands)
        Quarter Ended March 31,
     
        2025   2024
     
    Operating revenues:            
    Crude oil sales   $ 246,424     $ 282,369    
    NGL and natural gas sales     11,024       5,395    
    Total operating revenues     257,448       287,764    
    Operating costs and expenses:            
    Crude oil and natural gas production     35,562       30,271    
    Production and ad valorem taxes     15,152       14,402    
    Exploration and abandonments     264       498    
    Depletion, depreciation and amortization     109,325       130,850    
    Accretion of discount     244       239    
    General and administrative     6,345       4,685    
    Stock-based compensation     177       3,798    
    Total operating costs and expenses     167,069       184,743    
    Other expense           1    
    Income from operations     90,379       103,020    
    Interest income     810       2,392    
    Interest expense     (36,988 )     (43,634 )  
    Loss on derivative instruments, net     (7,927 )     (53,043 )  
    Income before income taxes     46,274       8,735    
    Provision for income taxes     9,939       2,297    
    Net income   $ 36,335     $ 6,438    
                 
    Earnings per share:            
    Basic net income   $ 0.26     $ 0.05    
    Diluted net income   $ 0.26     $ 0.05    
                 
    Weighted average shares outstanding:            
    Basic     123,913       125,696    
    Diluted     127,213       129,641    
                 
    Dividends declared per share   $ 0.04     $ 0.04    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (in thousands)
        Quarter Ended March 31,
     
        2025
      2024
     
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:            
    Net income   $ 36,335     $ 6,438    
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operations:            
    Provision for deferred income taxes     9,939       1,688    
    Loss on derivative instruments     7,927       53,043    
    Cash paid on settlement of derivative instruments     (3,071 )     (5,148 )  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs     2,034       2,053    
    Amortization of discounts on long-term debt     2,426       2,453    
    Stock-based compensation expense     177       3,798    
    Accretion expense     244       239    
    Depletion, depreciation and amortization     109,325       130,850    
    Exploration and abandonment expense     4       274    
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:            
    Accounts receivable     6,886       (14,414 )  
    Prepaid expenses, inventory and other assets     (1,314 )     (4,722 )  
    Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other current liabilities     (13,860 )     (5,113 )  
    Net cash provided by operating activities     157,052       171,439    
    CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:            
    Additions to crude oil and natural gas properties     (179,819 )     (147,698 )  
    Changes in working capital associated with crude oil and natural gas property additions     25,172       1,705    
    Acquisitions of crude oil and natural gas properties     (2,517 )     (2,171 )  
    Proceeds from sales of properties     570          
    Other property additions           (59 )  
    Net cash used in investing activities     (156,594 )     (148,223 )  
    CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:            
    Repayments under Term Loan Credit Agreement     (120,000 )     (30,000 )  
    Dividends paid     (4,957 )     (5,050 )  
    Dividend equivalents paid     (531 )     (530 )  
    Repurchased shares under buyback program           (8,764 )  
    Debt issuance costs           (7 )  
    Net cash used in financing activities     (35,488 )     (44,351 )  
    Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (35,030 )     (21,135 )  
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     86,649       194,515    
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 51,619     $ 173,380    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Summary Operating Highlights
        Quarter Ended March 31,  
        2025   2024  
    Average Daily Sales Volumes:              
    Crude oil (Bbls)     38,222       39,959    
    NGLs (Bbls)     7,724       5,147    
    Natural gas (Mcf)     43,096       27,733    
    Total (Boe)     53,128       49,729    
                   
    Average Realized Prices (excluding effects of derivatives):              
    Crude oil per Bbl   $ 71.64     $ 77.65    
    NGL per Bbl   $ 24.21     $ 24.94    
    Natural gas per Mcf   $ 2.34     $ 1.33    
    Total per Boe   $ 53.84     $ 63.59    
                   
    Margin Data ($ per Boe):              
    Average price, excluding effects of derivatives   $ 53.84     $ 63.59    
    Lease operating expenses     (6.61 )     (6.30 )  
    Expense workovers     (0.83 )     (0.39 )  
    Production and ad valorem taxes     (3.17 )     (3.18 )  
    General and administrative expenses     (1.33 )     (1.04 )  
        $ 41.90     $ 52.68    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Earnings Per Share Details
        Quarter Ended March 31,  
        2025   2024  
    Net income as reported   $ 36,335     $ 6,438    
    Participating basic earnings     (3,542 )     (605 )  
    Basic earnings attributable to common shareholders     32,793       5,833    
    Reallocation of participating earnings     47       1    
    Diluted net income attributable to common shareholders   $ 32,840     $ 5,834    
                   
    Basic weighted average shares outstanding     123,913       125,696    
    Dilutive warrants and unvested stock options     1,146       1,786    
    Dilutive unvested restricted stock     2,154       2,159    
    Diluted weighted average shares outstanding     127,213       129,641    
                   
    Net income per share attributable to common shareholders:              
    Basic   $ 0.26     $ 0.05    
    Diluted   $ 0.26     $ 0.05    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Reconciliation of Net Income to EBITDAX, Discretionary Cash Flow and Net Cash Provided by Operations
    (in thousands)
     
        Quarter Ended March 31,  
        2025   2024  
    Net income   $ 36,335     $ 6,438    
    Interest expense     36,988       43,634    
    Interest income     (810 )     (2,392 )  
    Income tax expense     9,939       2,297    
    Depletion, depreciation and amortization     109,325       130,850    
    Accretion of discount     244       239    
    Exploration and abandonment expense     264       498    
    Stock based compensation     177       3,798    
    Derivative related noncash activity     4,856       47,895    
    Other expense           1    
    EBITDAX     197,318       233,258    
    Cash interest expense     (32,528 )     (39,128 )  
    Other (a)     550       1,558    
    Discretionary cash flow     165,340       195,688    
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities     (8,288 )     (24,249 )  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 157,052     $ 171,439    
    (a)     Includes interest income net of current tax expense, other expense and operating portion of exploration and abandonment expenses.
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Reconciliation of Net Cash Provided by Operations and Free Cash Flow
    (in thousands)
        Quarter Ended March 31,  
        2025   2024  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 157,052     $ 171,439    
    Add back: net change in operating assets and liabilities     8,288       24,249    
    Operating cash flow before working capital changes     165,340       195,688    
    Additions to crude oil and natural gas properties     (179,819 )     (147,698 )  
    Changes in working capital associated with crude oil and natural gas property additions     25,172       1,705    
    Free cash flow   $ 10,693     $ 49,695    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted Net Income
    (in thousands, except per share data)
        Quarter Ended
    March 31, 2025
     
        Amounts   Amounts per Diluted Share  
    Net income   $ 36,335     $ 0.26    
    Derivative loss, net     7,927       0.06    
    Stock-based compensation     177       0.00    
    Income tax adjustment for above items *     (1,741 )     (0.01 )  
                       
    Adjusted net income   $ 42,698     $ 0.31    
                   
    * Assuming 21% statutory tax rate              
     

    Investor Contact:

    Ryan Hightower
    Vice President, Business Development
    817.850.9204
    rhightower@highpeakenergy.com

    Source: HighPeak Energy, Inc.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Lantronix Appoints Sailesh Chittipeddi to Its Board of Directors

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    IRVINE, Calif., May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Lantronix Inc. (NASDAQ: LTRX), a global leader of compute and connectivity for IoT solutions enabling Edge AI Intelligence, today announced that Sailesh Chittipeddi, Ph.D., has joined the Lantronix Board of Directors as an independent director, effective May 6, 2025. Following the appointment of Chittipeddi, the Lantronix Board of Directors will be comprised of five directors, four of whom are independent under applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market.

    “We are very pleased to welcome Dr. Chittipeddi to the Lantronix Board of Directors,” said Hoshi Printer, chairman of the Board at Lantronix. “Dr. Chittipeddi is a respected subject expert in Industrial, IoT and Infrastructure businesses. He also has an extensive background in leading operations, procurement and supply chains globally.”

    Dr. Chittipeddi is currently a Venture Partner at Novo Tellus Capital Partners, a Singapore-based private equity firm, and a Board Member at Tessolve, which is headquartered in India. Most recently, he was executive vice president of Global Operations at Renesas Electronics, where he oversaw internal and external manufacturing and associated functions, including supply chain, procurement and related development.

    “Lantronix will benefit greatly from Dr. Chittipeddi’s extensive technology and broad industry expertise, including his service on boards of several global companies where he helped drive successful results,” added Saleel Awsare, CEO and president of Lantronix. “With his expertise in manufacturing, procurement, logistics and global supply chain strategy, Dr. Chittipeddi adds a valuable perspective as we navigate complex geopolitical and associated supply chain environment challenges.”

    At Renesas, Dr. Chittipeddi also served as executive vice president of its Industrial, IoT and Infrastructure Business Unit. In this capacity, he nearly doubled the revenue to more than $7 billion USD. This business unit included the microcontroller, power and analog-mixed signal businesses of former IDT, ISL and DLG acquisition companies. He joined Renesas in 2019 following its acquisition of IDT. In this capacity, he also served as the president of Renesas Electronics America as well as the CEO of its acquired IDT Division.

    Before his tenures at Renesas and IDT, Dr. Chittipeddi held numerous senior positions at other leading technology companies, including Conexant Systems, where he served as the CEO and president, as well as AT&T Bell Labs, Lucent Technologies and Agere Systems. He has also served on global public and private boards, including Sequans Communications, Tessolve (India), Avalanche Technologies (India), Steradian (India), Blu Wireless Technology (U.K.) and Peraso (Canada).

    Dr. Chittipeddi holds an MBA from the University of Texas at Austin and a Ph.D. in Physics from The Ohio State University. He holds 83 U.S. semiconductor process, package and design patents and has published more than 40 technical articles.

    About Lantronix

    Lantronix Inc. is a global leader of compute and connectivity IoT solutions that target high-growth markets, including Smart Cities, Enterprise and Transportation. Lantronix’s products and services empower companies to succeed in the growing IoT markets by delivering customizable solutions that enable AI Edge Intelligence. Lantronix’s advanced solutions include Intelligent Substations infrastructure, Infotainment systems and Video Surveillance, supplemented with advanced Out-of-Band Management (OOB) for Cloud and Edge Computing.

    For more information, visit the Lantronix website.

    ©2025 Lantronix, Inc. All rights reserved. Lantronix is a registered trademark. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.

    Lantronix Media Contact:
    Gail Kathryn Miller
    Corporate Marketing &
    Communications Manager
    media@lantronix.com

    Lantronix Analyst and Investor Contact:
    investors@lantronix.com

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/d04b3fa2-b8d8-4656-adad-c8d4eb6267c4

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: OptimizeRx Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial Results and Updates Fiscal Year 2025 Guidance

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Q1 revenue of $21.9 million, increasing 11% year-over-year
    • Q1 gross profit increased 9% year-over-year to $13.3 million
    • Increases full year 2025 guidance to a revenue range between $101 million and $106 million and adjusted EBITDA range between $13 million and $15 million

    WALTHAM, Mass., May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — OptimizeRx Corp. (the “Company”) (Nasdaq: OPRX), a leading provider of healthcare technology solutions helping life sciences companies reach and engage healthcare professionals (HCPs) and patients, today reported results for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Quarterly comparisons are to the same year-ago period.

    Financial Highlights

    • Revenue in the first quarter of 2025 increased 11% to $21.9 million, as compared to $19.7 million in the same year ago period
    • Gross profit in the first quarter of 2025 increased 9% year-over-year to $13.3 million, from $12.2 million during the first quarter of 2024
    • GAAP net loss totaled $(2.2) million or $(0.12) per basic and diluted share in the first quarter of 2025, as compared to $(6.9) million or $(0.38) per basic and diluted share during the first quarter of 2024
    • Non-GAAP net income in the first quarter totaled $1.5 million or $0.08 per diluted share, as compared to Non-GAAP net loss of $(2.0) million or $(0.11) per diluted share during the first quarter of 2024 (see *Non-GAAP Measures below)
    • Adjusted EBITDA for the first quarter of 2025 increased to $1.5 million compared to $(0.3) million in the same year ago period (see *Non-GAAP Measures below)
    • Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments totaled $16.6 million as of March 31, 2025, as compared to $13.4 million as of December 31, 2024

    Stephen L. Silvestro, OptimizeRx CEO commented, “I’m encouraged by our year-to-date performance, which has exceeded both consensus estimates and our internal expectations. The momentum we saw at the end of 2024 has carried into 2025, with year-to-date contracted revenue up more than 20% compared to the same period last year—positioning us well for a strong second half of the year. I believe this performance clearly reflects the results of our focus on operational excellence, our commitment to delighting customers, and our efforts to deepen relationships with valued business partners, all of which are driving meaningful shareholder value.

    “At the same time, we’ve already converted over 5% of our expected 2025 sales into subscription-based revenue streams. I believe this transition, combined with our improving operating leverage, puts us on a strong path toward achieving Rule of 40 performance in the coming years.

    “Given our strong performance and positive outlook, I’m pleased to announce that we are raising our full-year guidance. We now expect the revenue range to be between $101 million and $106 million, and adjusted EBITDA to be between $13 million and $15 million.”

      Rolling Twelve Months Ended March 31,
    Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)**  2025     2024 
      (in thousands, except percentages)
    Average revenue per top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturer $ 2,960     $ 2,592  
    Percent of total revenue attributable to top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturers   63 %     66 %
    Net revenue retention   114 %     116 %
    Revenue per average full-time employee $ 710     $ 641  

    2025 Financial Outlook

    The Company is increasing its 2025 guidance and expects revenue to be between $101 million and $106 million with Adjusted EBITDA to be between $13 million and $15 million.

    Conference Call

    Individual Meeting Invitation

    In an effort to increase relations with institutional investors, OptimizeRx management has dedicated time to hosting individual meetings with portfolio managers and analysts. If you are interested in scheduling a meeting with OptimizeRx management, please contact: adsilva@optimizerx.com or shalper@lifesciadvisors.com.

    *Non-GAAP Measures

    In addition to the financial measures prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), this earnings release also contains non-GAAP financial measures. The reasons why we believe these measures provide useful information to investors and, for historical periods, a reconciliation of these measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures are included in the supplemental tables that follow.

    Although the Company provides guidance for Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, it is not able to provide guidance to the most directly comparable GAAP measure. Reconciliations for forward-looking figures would require unreasonable effort at this time because of the uncertainty and variability of the nature and amount of certain components of various necessary GAAP components, including, for example, those related to compensation, acquisition expenses, other income, amortization or others that may arise during the year, and the Company’s management believes such reconciliations would imply a degree of precision that would be confusing or misleading to investors. For the same reasons, the Company is unable to address the probable significance of the unavailable information.

    **Definition of Key Performance Indicators

    Top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturers: We have updated the definition of “top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturers” in our key performance indicators to be based upon Fierce Pharma’s most updated list of “The top 20 pharma companies by 2024 revenue”. We previously used “The top 20 pharma companies by 2023 revenue”. As a result of this change, prior periods have been restated for comparative purposes.

    Net revenue retention: Net revenue retention is a comparison of revenue generated from all clients in the previous period to total revenue generated from the same clients in the following year (i.e., excludes new client relationships for the most recent year).

    Revenue per average full-time employee: We define revenue per average full-time employee (FTE) as total revenue over the last 12 months (LTM) divided by the average number of employees over the LTM, which is calculated by taking our total number of FTEs at the end of the prior year period by our total FTE headcount at the end of the most recent period.

    About OptimizeRx

    OptimizeRx is a leading healthcare technology company that’s redefining how life science brands connect with patients and healthcare providers. Our platform combines innovative AI-driven tools like the Dynamic Audience Activation Platform (DAAP) and Micro-Neighborhood Targeting (MNT) to deliver timely, relevant, and hyper-local engagement. By bridging the gap between HCP and DTC strategies, we empower brands to create synchronized marketing solutions that drive faster treatment decisions and improved patient outcomes.

    Our commitment to privacy-safe, patient-centric technology ensures that every interaction is designed to make a meaningful impact, delivering life-changing therapies to the right patients at the right time. Headquartered in Waltham, Massachusetts, OptimizeRx partners with some of the world’s leading pharmaceutical and life sciences companies to transform the healthcare landscape and create a healthier future for all.

    For more information, follow the Company on Twitter, LinkedIn or visit www.optimizerx.com.  

    Important Cautions Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as “anticipates”, “believes”, “estimates”, “expects”, “forecasts”, “intends”, “plans”, “projects”, “targets”, “designed”, “could”, “may”, “should”, “will” or other similar words and expressions are intended to identify these forward-looking statements. All statements that reflect the Company’s expectations, assumptions, projections, beliefs or opinions about the future, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, statements relating to the Company’s future performance, expected revenues, expected Adjusted EBITDA, plans to grow shareholder value creation, plans to continue the Company’s growth and transformation, plans to position the Company to become a “Rule of 40” company, plans for forging stronger relationships with valued business partners, and other statements relating to future performance, plans, and expectations. These forward-looking statements are based on the Company’s current expectations and involve assumptions regarding the Company’s business, the economy, and other future conditions that may never materialize or may prove to be incorrect. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted, or quantified. Actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of various risks and uncertainties including, but not limited to, the effect of government regulation, seasonal trends, dependence on a concentrated group of customers, cybersecurity incidents that could disrupt operations, the ability to keep pace with growing and evolving technology, the ability to maintain contracts with electronic prescription platforms and electronic health records networks, competition, and other factors discussed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, its subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and in other filings the Company has made and may make with the Securities and Exchange Commission in the future. One should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they were made. The Company undertakes no obligation to update such statements to reflect events that occur or circumstances that exist after the date on which they were made, except as may be required by law.

    OptimizeRx Contact
    Andy D’Silva, SVP Corporate Finance
    adsilva@optimizerx.com

    Investor Relations Contact
    Steven Halper
    LifeSci Advisors, LLC
    shalper@lifesciadvisors.com

    OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)

      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
    ASSETS (unaudited)    
    Current assets      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 16,573     $ 13,380  
    Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $335 at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024   32,720       38,212  
    Taxes receivable   113        
    Prepaid expenses and other   2,305       2,379  
    Total current assets   51,711       53,971  
    Property and equipment, net   150       150  
    Other assets      
    Goodwill   70,869       70,869  
    Patent rights, net   5,349       5,517  
    Technology assets, net   7,931       8,180  
    Tradename and customer relationships, net   31,226       31,819  
    Operating lease right of use assets   303       366  
    Security deposits and other assets   229       296  
    Total other assets   115,907       117,047  
    TOTAL ASSETS $ 167,768     $ 171,168  
           
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Current liabilities      
    Current portion of long-term debt $ 3,300     $ 2,000  
    Accounts payable   3,381       2,156  
    Accrued expenses   9,277       8,486  
    Revenue share payable   1,743       5,053  
    Taxes payable         318  
    Current portion of lease liabilities   139       168  
    Deferred revenue   511       473  
    Total current liabilities   18,351       18,654  
    Non-current liabilities      
    Long-term debt, net   29,190       30,816  
    Lease liabilities, net of current portion   171       209  
    Deferred tax liabilities, net   3,786       4,491  
    Total liabilities   51,498       54,170  
           
    Stockholders’ equity      
    Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024          
    Common stock, $0.001 par value, 166,666,667 shares authorized, 20,234,186 and 20,194,697 shares issued at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   20       20  
    Treasury stock, $0.001 par value, (1,741,397) shares held at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024   (2 )     (2 )
    Additional paid-in-capital   202,819       201,348  
    Accumulated deficit   (86,567 )     (84,368 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   116,270       116,998  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY $ 167,768     $ 171,168  
     

    OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (in thousands, except share and per share data, unaudited)

      For the Three Months Ended
    March 31,
       2025     2024 
           
    Net revenue $ 21,928     $ 19,690  
    Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below   8,584       7,486  
    Gross profit   13,344       12,204  
           
    Operating expenses      
    General and administrative expenses   14,364       16,166  
    Depreciation and amortization   1,094       1,067  
    Total operating expenses   15,458       17,233  
    Loss from operations   (2,114 )     (5,029 )
    Other income (expense)      
    Interest expense   (1,297 )     (1,546 )
    Other income   39        
    Interest income   88       20  
    Total other expense, net   (1,170 )     (1,526 )
    Loss before provision for income taxes   (3,284 )     (6,555 )
    Income tax benefit (expense)   1,085       (344 )
    Net loss $ (2,199 )   $ (6,899 )
    Weighted average number of shares outstanding – basic   18,470,808       18,170,108  
    Weighted average number of shares outstanding – diluted   18,470,808       18,170,108  
    Loss per share – basic $ (0.12 )   $ (0.38 )
    Loss per share – diluted $ (0.12 )   $ (0.38 )
     

    OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (in thousands, unaudited)

      For the Three Months Ended
    March 31,
      2025   2024
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:      
    Net loss $ (2,199 )   $ (6,899 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:      
    Depreciation and amortization   1,094       1,067  
    Stock-based compensation   1,558       3,024  
    Bad debt reserve         132  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs   174       182  
    Changes in:      
    Accounts receivable   5,492       6,373  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   74       800  
    Accounts payable   1,225       (562 )
    Revenue share payable   (3,310 )     (2,692 )
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   854       (362 )
    Taxes receivable and payable   (431 )     323  
    Deferred tax liabilities   (705 )      
    Deferred revenue   38       732  
    NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES   3,864       2,118  
           
    CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:      
    Purchase of property and equipment   (27 )     (32 )
    Capitalized software development costs   (57 )     (121 )
    NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES   (84 )     (153 )
           
    CASH FLOWS USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES:      
    Cash paid for employee withholding taxes related to the vesting of restricted stock units   (87 )     (140 )
    Repayment of long-term debt   (500 )     (500 )
    NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES   (587 )     (640 )
    NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS   3,193       1,325  
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – BEGINNING OF PERIOD   13,380       13,852  
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – END OF PERIOD $ 16,573     $ 15,177  
           
    SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:      
    Cash paid for interest $ 1,121     $ 1,350  
    Cash paid for income taxes $     $ 21  

    OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
    RECONCILIATION of GAAP to NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
    (in thousands, except share and per share data, unaudited)

    This earnings release includes certain financial measures not derived in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). These non-GAAP financial measures are measures of performance not defined by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and should be considered in addition to, not in lieu of, GAAP reported measures. Additionally, these non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. However, management believes that presenting certain non-GAAP financial measures provides additional information to facilitate comparison of the Company’s historical operating results and trends in its underlying operating results and provides transparency on how the Company evaluates its business. Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in making financial, operating and planning decisions and in evaluating the Company’s performance. Management believes that financial information excluding certain items that are not considered to reflect the Company’s ongoing operating results, such as those listed below, improves the comparability of year-to-year results. Consequently, management believes that investors may be able to better understand the Company’s operating results excluding these items. Non-GAAP financial measures may reflect adjustments for items such as asset impairment charges, amortization, stock-based compensation, acquisition expenses, severance, shareholder activist related fees, CEO search fees, other income, as well as other items that management believes are not related to the Company’s ongoing performance.

      Three Months Ended March 31,
       2025     2024 
    Net loss $         (2,199 )   $         (6,899 )
    Depreciation and amortization           1,094               1,067  
    Stock-based compensation           1,558               3,024  
    Severance expenses           275               419  
    Shareholder activist related fees           451               —  
    CEO search fees           225               —  
    Other income           (39 )             —  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs           174               182  
    Acquisition expenses           —               243  
    Non-GAAP net income (loss) $         1,539     $         (1,964 )
           
    Non-GAAP net income (loss) per share      
    Diluted $         0.08     $         (0.11 )
    Weighted average shares outstanding:      
    Diluted   18,579,012       18,170,108  
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
    Net loss $ (2,199 )   $ (6,899 )
    Depreciation and amortization   1,094       1,067  
    Income tax (benefit) expense   (1,085 )     344  
    Stock-based compensation   1,558       3,024  
    Severance expenses   275       419  
    Acquisition expenses         243  
    Shareholder activist related fees   451        
    CEO search fees   225        
    Other income   (39 )      
    Interest expense, net   1,209       1,526  
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 1,489     $ (276 )

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Amplify Energy Announces First Quarter 2025 Results, Beta Development Update and Updated Full-Year 2025 Guidance

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    HOUSTON, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Amplify Energy Corp. (NYSE: AMPY) (“Amplify,” the “Company,” “us,” or “our”) announced today its operating and financial results for the first quarter of 2025 and updated full-year 2025 guidance for the Company.

    Beta Development Program Update

    • Amplify initiated a development drilling program in the prolific Beta oilfield in 2024 to demonstrate the significant upside potential of the asset and generate strong incremental cash flows for the Company, with results to date proving out the viability and long-term potential of the program
    • Completed the C54 well in mid-April 2025
      • Drilled well utilizing lessons learned from 2024 program including the implementation of a managed pressure drilling system
      • IP20 was approximately 800 Bopd, which has been the strongest initial well performance in the program
      • With the C54 online, the three wells completed in the D-Sand (our primary target formation) are all projected to have greater than 90% IRR at $60/bbl oil prices
    • Completed the C48 well in mid-February 2025 as the first C-Sand completion
      • Initially planned as a D-Sand completion, but due to drilling complications elected to complete the shallower C-Sand
      • Current production rate of approximately 100 BOPD
      • Well exhibits lower oil gravities and reservoir pressures than the D-Sand completions
      • Future injection support in the area to increase reservoir pressure and deliverability is expected to prove the C-Sand as a viable future target zone
    • With the recent completions of the C48 and C54, the field now has four new development wells online, which, after offsetting the asset’s base decline, have increased Beta production by approximately 35% since early 2024
    • Based on Beta development success, at year-end 2024 Amplify had 25 SEC Proved Undeveloped (“PUD”) locations (21 D-Sand locations) with approximately $144 million in PV-10 value1
      • D-Sand completions to date are significantly outperforming the type curve utilized in SEC PUD value/reserves indicating material upside above the current valuation estimate
      • Substantial future development remains at Beta beyond the current SEC PUD locations which are based on conservative volumetric and recovery factor assumptions

    First Quarter Highlights

    • During the first quarter of 2025, the Company:
      • Achieved average total production of 17.9 MBoepd
      • Generated net cash provided by operating activities of $25.5 million and a net loss of $5.9 million
      • Delivered Adjusted EBITDA of $19.4 million and Adjusted Net Income of $3.8 million
      • Generated $6.3 million in net proceeds from the sale of undeveloped Haynesville acreage in East Texas
        • In May 2025, sold additional Haynesville interests generating $1.5 million in proceeds
      • Generated $0.9 million of Adjusted EBITDA at Magnify Energy Services, Amplify’s wholly owned subsidiary (“Magnify”)
      • As of March 31, 2025, Amplify had $125.0 million outstanding under the revolving credit facility
        • Net debt to Last Twelve Months (“LTM”) Adjusted EBITDA of 1.3x2

    (1)   2024 Year End reserves are evaluated at flat pricing: (NYMEX WTI, HH) – $65.00, $4.00

    (2)   Net debt as of March 31, 2025, consisting of $125 MM outstanding under its revolving credit facility with ~$0 MM of cash and cash equivalents, and LTM Adjusted EBITDA as of the first quarter of 2025.

    Martyn Willsher, Amplify’s President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “Amplify’s strong first quarter operating and financial results continue to demonstrate the significant value derived from the Company’s portfolio of assets. At Beta, we brought online two wells this year, which strengthen our conviction about the prolific untapped value that remains in the reservoir. In East Texas and the Eagle Ford, we anticipate our non-operated development projects will begin producing in the second quarter, with improved natural gas prices driving strong economics for our East Texas wells. Also, in East Texas, we recently monetized a portion of our undeveloped acreage with Haynesville rights in two separate transactions for net proceeds of $7.8 million dollars, while retaining an interest in over 30 gross locations to realize upside value in future periods.”

    Mr. Willsher continued, “In light of recent market volatility and a material reduction in oil prices, we conducted a comprehensive review of our remaining uncommitted 2025 capital budget and have elected to temporarily defer three development projects at Beta resulting in capital savings of approximately $15 million in 2025. While our Beta development projects have strong economics at current oil prices, we have flexibility on the timing of these projects and are committed to maintaining strong free cash flow and a healthy balance sheet for our investors. Our diversified portfolio of mature, low-decline assets and robust hedge book protect our cash flow profile during commodity downturns, allowing us the flexibility to scale up or down investments in either oil or gas projects depending on market conditions.”

    Mr. Willsher concluded, “Going forward, Amplify intends to focus on prudent management of its existing asset base to maximize free cash flow and is conducting a thorough review of additional operating and overhead cost-saving opportunities. The Company will also continue to evaluate portfolio optimization opportunities, which could enable us to accelerate Beta development.”

    Key Financial Results

    During the first quarter of 2025, the Company reported a net loss of approximately $5.9 million. The net loss was primarily attributable to a non-cash unrealized loss on commodity derivatives during the period partially offset by a gain on the sale of East Texas properties. Excluding the impact of the non-cash unrealized loss on commodity derivatives, the East Texas divestiture, and additional other one-time impacts, Amplify generated Adjusted Net Income of $3.8 million in the first quarter of 2025.

    First quarter 2025 Adjusted EBITDA was $19.4 million, a decrease of approximately $2.4 million from the prior quarter. The decrease was primarily due to higher lease operating expense and general and administrative expense that are typically higher in the first quarter offset by stronger gas price realizations compared to the prior quarter.

    Free cash flow was negative $7.2 million for the first quarter, which was in-line with expectations, due to planned capital investments.

         
         
         
      First Quarter Fourth Quarter
    $ in millions  2025   2024 
    Net income (loss) ($5.9 ) ($7.4 )
    Net cash provided by operating activities $25.5   $12.5  
    Average daily production (MBoe/d) 17.9   18.5  
    Total revenues excluding hedges $72.1   $69.0  
    Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP financial measure) $19.4   $21.8  
    Adjusted net income (loss), (a non-GAAP financial measure) $3.8   $5.1  
    Total capital $23.1   $15.3  
    Free Cash Flow (a non-GAAP financial measure) ($7.2 ) $2.9  
         

    Revolving Credit Facility and Liquidity Update

    As of March 31, 2025, Amplify had total debt of $125 million under its revolving credit facility. Net debt to LTM Adjusted EBITDA was 1.3x (net debt as of March 31, 2025). The borrowing base is redetermined on a semi-annual basis with the next redetermination expected in the second quarter of 2025.

    Corporate Production and Pricing

    During the first quarter of 2025, average daily production was approximately 17.9 Mboepd, a decrease of 0.6 Mboepd from the prior quarter. The decrease in production was driven by natural gas and NGL volumes affected by a gas imbalance adjustment in East Texas and adverse weather in Oklahoma, causing widespread power outages. These temporary production issues were factored into the production guidance previously presented for 2025.

    The Company’s product mix for the quarter was 46% crude oil, 16% NGLs, and 38% natural gas.

        Three Months   Three Months
        Ended   Ended
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
             
    Production volumes – MBOE:      
      Bairoil 280     293  
      Beta 315     308  
      Oklahoma 393     436  
      East Texas / North Louisiana 570     609  
      Eagle Ford (Non-op) 49     60  
      Total – MBoe 1,607     1,706  
      Total – MBoe/d 17.9     18.5  
      % – Liquids 62 %   62 %
             

    Total oil, natural gas and NGL revenues for the first quarter of 2025 were approximately $70.3 million, before the impact of derivatives. The Company realized a net gain on commodity derivatives of $0.5 million during the first quarter. Oil, natural gas and NGL revenues, net of realized hedges, decreased $0.4 million for the first quarter compared to the prior quarter.

    The following table sets forth information regarding average realized sales prices for the periods indicated:

      Crude Oil ($/Bbl) NGLs ($/Bbl) Natural Gas ($/Mcf)
      Three Months
    Ended
    March 31,
    2025
      Three Months
    Ended
    December 31,
    2024
      Three Months
    Ended
    March 31,
    2025
      Three Months
    Ended
    December 31,
    2024
      Three Months
    Ended
    March 31,
    2025
      Three Months
    Ended
    December 31,
    2024
                           
    Average sales price exclusive of realized derivatives and certain deductions from revenue $ 67.82   $ 66.82   $ 25.24     $ 23.46     $ 3.87   $ 2.52  
    Realized derivatives   0.49     1.43                 0.04     0.76  
                           
    Average sales price with realized derivatives exclusive of certain deductions from revenue $ 68.31   $ 68.25   $ 25.24     $ 23.46     $ 3.91   $ 3.28  
    Certain deductions from revenue           (1.78 )     (1.37 )     0.02     (0.01 )
                           
    Average sales price inclusive of realized derivatives and certain deductions from revenue $ 68.31   $ 68.25   $ 23.46     $ 22.09     $ 3.93   $ 3.27  
                           

    Costs and Expenses

    Lease operating expenses in the first quarter of 2025 were approximately $37.4 million, or $23.28 per Boe, a $2.3 million increase compared to the prior quarter and in-line with internal projections. Lease operating expenses are expected to decrease in the second half of 2025 after cost savings projects are completed in Bairoil, and fewer expense workovers are conducted later in the year. Lease operating expenses do not reflect $0.9 million of income generated by Magnify in the first quarter.

    Severance and ad valorem taxes in the first quarter were approximately $4.4 million, a decrease of $1.0 million compared to $5.4 million in the prior quarter. Lower production taxes were primarily due to lower production and a one-time benefit from reversing a prior accrual for waste emissions charges. Severance and ad valorem taxes as a percentage of revenue were approximately 6.2% in the first quarter. The Company anticipates that taxes as a percentage of revenue will remain within its previously announced guidance range for 2025.

    Amplify incurred $4.3 million, or $2.67 per Boe, of gathering, processing and transportation expenses in the first quarter, compared to $4.5 million, or $2.62 per Boe, in the prior quarter.

    Cash G&A expenses in the first quarter were $7.3 million, down 7% compared to the first quarter of 2024, and in-line with expectations. The Company anticipates that quarterly cash G&A expenses will be significantly lower throughout the remainder of the year primarily due to annual year-end processes that impact various cost drivers in the first quarter. The Company expects costs to be in line with our previously announced guidance range.

    Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense in the first quarter totaled $8.5 million, or $5.29 per Boe, compared to $8.4 million, or $4.93 per Boe, in the prior quarter.

    Net interest expense was $3.5 million in the first quarter, a decrease of $0.2 million compared to $3.7 million in the prior quarter.

    Amplify recorded minimal current income tax expense for the first quarter of 2025.

    Capital Investment Update

    Cash capital investment during the first quarter of 2025 was approximately $23.1 million. During the first quarter, the Company’s capital allocation was approximately 55% for development drilling, recompletions and facility projects at Beta, and approximately 30% for non-operated development projects in East Texas and the Eagle Ford, with the remainder distributed across the Company’s other assets.

    The following table details Amplify’s capital invested during the first quarter of 2025:

      First Quarter
      2025 Capital
      ($ MM)
    Bairoil $ 1.3
    Beta $ 12.7
    Oklahoma $ 1.4
    East Texas / North Louisiana $ 3.4
    Eagle Ford (Non-op) $ 3.9
    Magnify Energy Services $ 0.3
    Total Capital Invested $ 23.1
       

    2025 Operations & Development Plan

    Amplify has adjusted its 2025 operations and development plan for the current lower commodity price environment. The Company is electing to reduce discretionary development capital at Beta for the second half of 2025, while our previously committed non-operated projects in East Texas and the Eagle Ford are expected to be completed and brought online in the second quarter.

    Amplify’s current plan is to complete three wells at Beta in 2025, including the C48 and C54 wells, which were brought online in mid-February and mid-April, respectively. Amplify intends to drill and complete its next Beta well in the third quarter, which will be a D-Sand completion drilled in the same fault block as the recently completed C54 and the C59, which was completed in October 2024 and is still producing greater than 500 bopd. With the exceptional economics at Beta, Amplify will consider adding back development wells later this year should commodity prices improve.

    Other capital at Beta for 2025 includes $8 million to upgrade a two-mile pipeline that ships all produced fluid from platform Eureka to platform Elly, facility upgrades and capital workovers. Additional information regarding the Beta development plan can be found in the Company’s investor presentation under the investor relations section of the website.

    In East Texas, we are participating in the completion of four non-operated development projects, which we expect to be online in late second quarter. Operators in the area are taking advantage of strong natural gas prices and favorable economics, and the Company anticipates more activity in this area. For the Company’s operated assets, the team is focused on prudent management of the field, such as optimizing field compression, artificial lift enhancement, and equipment insourcing, which is expected to improve the production profile and lower lease operating costs.

    Also in East Texas, as previously announced, Amplify sold 90% of its interest in certain units with Haynesville rights in Harrison County, Texas, in addition to 11 gross operated wells, and purchased a 10% interest in adjacent acreage, generating $6.3 million in net proceeds from the sale. This transaction also established an area of mutual interest (“AMI”) with the counterparty covering 10,000 gross acres. We estimate the AMI has more than 30 potential gross drilling locations.

    In May 2025, Amplify completed a separate transaction, which monetized 90% of its interests in three additional units with Haynesville rights in Panola and Shelby Counties, finalizing a separate AMI consisting of seven total units. Amplify also retained a 10% working interest with the ability to participate in any well drilled within the boundary of the AMI. Upon closing the transaction, Amplify generated approximately $1.5 million in proceeds.

    From November 2024 to present, Amplify has generated proceeds of $9.2 million related to Haynesville acreage transactions, while retaining a 10% working interest in two newly created AMIs in the Haynesville play of East Texas.

    In the Eagle Ford, we are participating in 14 gross (0.7 net) new development wells and two gross (0.4 net) recompletion projects. These non-operated wells, with highly accretive forecasted returns, have been completed and are scheduled to come online in early May. The Company is also evaluating additional development opportunities recently offered by our partners in fields where we have interests.

    Updated Full-Year 2025 Guidance

    Based on recent reductions to crude oil prices, Amplify has decided to modify its capital plans in order to maintain positive free cash flow in 2025. As a result of these modifications, we are providing updated guidance. The following guidance is subject to the cautionary statements and limitations described under the “Forward-Looking Statements” caption at the end of this press release. Amplify’s updated 2025 guidance is based on its current expectations regarding capital investment and full-year 2025 commodity prices for crude oil of $61.75/Bbl (WTI) and natural gas of $3.60/MMBtu (Henry Hub), and on the assumption that market demand and prices for oil and natural gas will continue at levels that allow for economic production of these products. Additionally, the Company expects to invest approximately 95% of its capital in the first three quarters of the year primarily in connection with the Beta development program and for non-operated development projects in East Texas and the Eagle Ford.

    A summary of the guidance is presented below:

      March 5, 2025
      March 7, 2025
      Previous Guidance   Updated Guidance
                   
      FY 2025E   FY 2025E
                   
      Low   High   Low   High
                   
    Net Average Daily Production              
    Oil (MBbls/d) 8.5 9.4   8.3 8.9
    NGL (MBbls/d) 3.0 3.3   3.0 3.3
    Natural Gas (MMcf/d) 45.0 51.0   45.0 50.0
    Total (MBoe/d) 19.0 21.0   19.0 20.5
                   
    Commodity Price Differential / Realizations (Unhedged)              
    Oil Differential ($ / Bbl) ($3.25) ($4.25)   ($3.25) ($4.25)
    NGL Realized Price (% of WTI NYMEX) 27% 31%   27% 31%
    Natural Gas Realized Price (% of Henry Hub) 85% 92%   85% 92%
                   
    Other Revenue              
    Magnify Energy Services ($ MM) $4 $6   $4 $6
    Other ($ MM) $2 $3   $2 $3
    Total ($ MM) $6 $9   $6 $9
                   
    Gathering, Processing and Transportation Costs              
    Oil ($ / Bbl) $0.65 $0.85   $0.65 $0.85
    NGL ($ / Bbl) $2.75 $4.00   $2.75 $4.00
    Natural Gas ($ / Mcf) $0.55 $0.75   $0.55 $0.75
    Total ($ / Boe) $2.25 $2.85   $2.25 $2.85
                   
    Average Costs              
    Lease Operating ($ / Boe) $18.50 $20.50   $18.50 $20.50
    Taxes (% of Revenue) (1) 6.0% 7.0%   6.0% 7.0%
    Cash General and Administrative ($ / Boe) (2)(3) $3.40 $3.90   $3.40 $3.90
                   
    Adjusted EBITDA ($ MM) (2)(3) $100 $120   $80 $110
    Cash Interest Expense ($ MM) $12 $18   $12 $18
    Capital Investment ($ MM) $70 $80   $55 $70
    Free Cash Flow ($ MM) (2)(3) $10 $30   $10 $20
                   

    (1) Includes production, ad valorem and franchise taxes
    (2) Refer to “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for Amplify’s definition and use of cash G&A, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow, non-GAAP measures (cash income taxes, which are not included in free cash flow, are expected to range between $0 – $1 million for the year)
    (3) Amplify believes that a quantitative reconciliation of such forward-looking information to the most comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP cannot be made available without unreasonable efforts. A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures would require Amplify to predict the timing and likelihood of future transactions and other items that are difficult to accurately predict. Neither of these forward-looking measures, nor their probable significance, can be quantified with a reasonable degree of accuracy. Accordingly, a reconciliation of the most directly comparable forward-looking GAAP measures is not provided.

    Hedging

    Amplify maintains a robust hedge book to support its cash flow profile and provide downside protection in weak commodity environments. Recently, the Company added to its hedge position, further protecting future cash flows.

    Amplify executed crude oil swaps covering the first half of 2026 at a weighted average price of $62.55 per barrel and the first half of 2027 with a weighted average price of $61.93 per barrel. The Company also added natural gas swaps covering 2026 at a weighted average price of $4.12 per MMBtu, collars for the first quarter of 2026 with a weighted average floor of $4.50 per MMBtu and a weighted average ceiling of $5.73 and natural gas collars for 2027 with a weighted average floor of $3.57 per MMBtu and a weighted average ceiling of $4.58 per MMBtu.

    The following table reflects the hedged volumes under Amplify’s commodity derivative contracts and the average fixed floor and ceiling prices at which production is hedged for April 2025 through December 2027, as of May 12, 2025:

      2025   2026   2027
               
    Natural Gas Swaps:          
    Average Monthly Volume (MMBtu)   560,000     515,000     137,500
    Weighted Average Fixed Price ($) $ 3.75   $ 3.80   $ 4.01
               
    Natural Gas Collars:          
    Two-way collars          
    Average Monthly Volume (MMBtu)   500,000     517,500     437,500
    Weighted Average Ceiling Price ($) $ 3.90   $ 4.11   $ 4.21
    Weighted Average Floor Price ($) $ 3.50   $ 3.58   $ 3.56
               
    Oil Swaps:          
    Average Monthly Volume (Bbls)   141,444     125,500     30,667
    Weighted Average Fixed Price ($) $ 70.61   $ 66.40   $ 61.93
               
    Oil Collars:          
    Two-way collars          
    Average Monthly Volume (Bbls)   45,333        
    Weighted Average Ceiling Price ($) $ 80.20        
    Weighted Average Floor Price ($) $ 70.00        
               

    Amplify has posted an updated investor presentation containing additional hedging information on its website, www.amplifyenergy.com, under the Investor Relations section.

    Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q

    Amplify’s financial statements and related footnotes will be available in its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, which Amplify expects to file with the SEC on May 12, 2025.

    About Amplify Energy

    Amplify Energy Corp. is an independent oil and natural gas company engaged in the acquisition, development, exploitation and production of oil and natural gas properties. Amplify’s operations are focused in Oklahoma, the Rockies (Bairoil), federal waters offshore Southern California (Beta), East Texas / North Louisiana, and the Eagle Ford (Non-op). For more information, visit www.amplifyenergy.com.

    Conference Call

    Amplify will host an investor teleconference tomorrow at 10 a.m. Central Time to discuss these operating and financial results. Interested parties may join the call by dialing (888) 999-3182 at least 15 minutes before the call begins and providing the Conference ID: AEC1Q25. A telephonic replay will be available for fourteen days following the call by dialing (800) 654-1563 and providing the Access Code: 52458798. A transcript and a recorded replay of the call will also be available on our website after the call.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, included in this press release that address activities, events or developments that the Company expects, believes or anticipates will or may occur in the future are forward-looking statements. Terminology such as “may,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “project,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “pursue,” “target,” “outlook,” “continue,” the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements include, but are not limited to, statements about the Company’s expectations of plans, goals, strategies (including measures to implement strategies), objectives and anticipated results with respect thereto. These statements address activities, events or developments that we expect or anticipate will or may occur in the future, including things such as projections of results of operations, plans for growth, goals, future capital expenditures, competitive strengths, references to future intentions and other such references. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and other factors that could cause the Company’s actual results or financial condition to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. These include risks and uncertainties relating to, among other things: the Company’s evaluation and implementation of strategic alternatives; risks related to the redetermination of the borrowing base under the Company’s revolving credit facility; the Company’s ability to satisfy debt obligations; the Company’s need to make accretive acquisitions or substantial capital expenditures to maintain its declining asset base, including the existence of unanticipated liabilities or problems relating to acquired or divested business or properties; volatility in the prices for oil, natural gas and NGLs; the Company’s ability to access funds on acceptable terms, if at all, because of the terms and conditions governing the Company’s indebtedness, including financial covenants; general political and economic conditions, globally and in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including the Russian invasion of Ukraine, and ongoing conflicts in the Middle East, trade wars and the potential destabilizing effect such conflicts may pose for the global oil and natural gas markets; expectations regarding general economic conditions, including inflation; and the impact of local, state and federal governmental regulations, including those related to climate change and hydraulic fracturing, and potential changes in these regulations. Please read the Company’s filings with the SEC, including “Risk Factors” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, and if applicable, the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, which are available on the Company’s Investor Relations website at https://www.amplifyenergy.com/investor-relations/sec-filings/default.aspx or on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov, for a discussion of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ from those in such forward-looking statements. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this press release. All forward-looking statements in this press release are qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements. Except as required by law, the Company undertakes no obligation and does not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future results or otherwise.

    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    This press release and accompanying schedules include the non-GAAP financial measures of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income (Loss), free cash flow, net debt, PV-10 and cash G&A. The accompanying schedules provide a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Amplify’s non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered as alternatives to GAAP measures such as net income, operating income, net cash flows provided by operating activities, standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows, or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Amplify’s non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because they may not calculate such measures in the same manner as Amplify does.

    Adjusted EBITDA. Amplify defines Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) plus Interest expense, net; Income tax expense (benefit); DD&A; Accretion of AROs; Loss or (gain) on commodity derivative instruments; Cash settlements received or (paid) on expired commodity derivative instruments; Amortization of gain associated with terminated commodity derivatives; Losses or (gains) on sale of properties; Share-based compensation expenses; Exploration costs; Acquisition and divestiture related costs; Loss on settlement of AROs; Bad debt expense; and Pipeline incident loss. Adjusted EBITDA is commonly used as a supplemental financial measure by management and external users of Amplify’s financial statements, such as investors, research analysts and rating agencies, to assess: (1) its operating performance as compared to other companies in Amplify’s industry without regard to financing methods, capital structures or historical cost basis; (2) the ability of its assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest and support Amplify’s indebtedness; and (3) the viability of projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities. Since Adjusted EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income or loss and because these measures may vary among other companies, the Adjusted EBITDA data presented in this press release may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. The GAAP measures most directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA are net income and net cash provided by operating activities.

    Adjusted Net Income (Loss). Amplify defines Adjusted Net Income (Loss) as net income (loss) adjusted for unrealized loss (gain) on commodity derivative instruments, acquisition and divestiture-related expenses, unusual and infrequent items, and the income tax expense or benefit of these adjustments using our federal statutory tax rate. Adjusted Net Income (Loss) excludes the impact of unusual and infrequent items affecting earnings that vary widely and unpredictably. This measure is not meant to disassociate these items from management’s performance but rather is intended to provide helpful information to investors interested in comparing our performance between periods. Adjusted Net Income (Loss) is not considered to be an alternative to net income (loss) reported in accordance with GAAP.

    Free cash flow. Amplify defines free cash flow as Adjusted EBITDA, less cash interest expense and capital expenditures. Free cash flow is an important non-GAAP financial measure for Amplify’s investors since it serves as an indicator of the Company’s success in providing a cash return on investment. The GAAP measures most directly comparable to free cash flow are net income and net cash provided by operating activities.

    Net debt. Amplify defines net debt as the total principal amount drawn on the revolving credit facility less cash and cash equivalents. The Company uses net debt as a measure of financial position and believes this measure provides useful additional information to investors to evaluate the Company’s capital structure and financial leverage.

    PV-10. PV-10 is a non-GAAP financial measure that represents the present value of estimated future cash inflows from proved oil and natural gas reserves that are calculated using the unweighted arithmetic average first-day-of-the-month prices for the prior 12 months, less future development and operating costs, discounted at 10% per annum to reflect the timing of future cash flows. The most directly comparable GAAP measure to PV-10 is standardized measure. PV-10 differs from standardized measure in its treatment of estimated future income taxes, which are excluded from PV-10. Amplify believes the presentation of PV-10 provides useful information because it is widely used by investors in evaluating oil and natural gas companies without regard to specific income tax characteristics of such entities. PV-10 is not intended to represent the current market value of our estimated proved reserves. PV-10 should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the standardized measure as defined under GAAP. As GAAP does not prescribe a comparable GAAP measure for PV-10 of reserves adjusted for pricing sensitives, it is not practicable for us to reconcile PV-10 to a standardized measure or any other GAAP measure.

    Cash G&A. Amplify defines cash G&A as general and administrative expense, less share-based compensation expense; acquisition and divestiture costs; bad debt expense; and severance payments. Cash G&A is an important non-GAAP financial measure for Amplify’s investors since it allows for analysis of G&A spend without regard to share-based compensation and other non-recurring expenses which can vary substantially from company to company. The GAAP measures most directly comparable to cash G&A is total G&A expenses.

    Contacts

    Jim Frew — Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
    (832) 219-9044
    jim.frew@amplifyenergy.com

    Michael Jordan — Director, Finance and Treasurer
    (832) 219-9051
    michael.jordan@amplifyenergy.com

    Selected Operating and Financial Data (Tables)

    Amplify Energy Corp.      
    Selected Financial Data – Unaudited      
    Statements of Operations Data      
             
        Three Months   Three Months
        Ended   Ended
    (Amounts in $000s, except per share data) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
             
    Revenues:      
      Oil and natural gas sales $ 70,341     $ 67,189  
      Other revenues   1,709       1,832  
      Total revenues   72,050       69,021  
             
    Costs and Expenses:      
      Lease operating expense   37,417       35,100  
      Pipeline incident loss   396       2,405  
      Gathering, processing and transportation   4,286       4,468  
      Exploration   6       10  
      Taxes other than income   4,384       5,356  
      Depreciation, depletion and amortization   8,494       8,418  
      General and administrative expense   10,815       9,486  
      Accretion of asset retirement obligations   2,183       2,156  
      Realized (gain) loss on commodity derivatives   (503 )     (4,052 )
      Unrealized (gain) loss on commodity derivatives   14,820       13,357  
      (Gain) loss on sale of properties   (6,251 )     (1,367 )
      Other, net   (3 )     334  
      Total costs and expenses   76,044       75,671  
             
    Operating Income (loss)   (3,994 )     (6,650 )
             
    Other Income (Expense):      
      Interest expense, net   (3,519 )     (3,684 )
      Other income (expense)   115       (113 )
      Total other income (expense)   (3,404 )     (3,797 )
             
      Income (loss) before reorganization items, net and income taxes   (7,398 )     (10,447 )
             
    Income tax benefit (expense) – current   (1 )     2,132  
    Income tax benefit (expense) – deferred   1,538       886  
             
      Net income (loss) $ (5,861 )   $ (7,429 )
             
    Earnings per share:      
      Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share $ (0.15 )   $ (0.19 )
             
    Selected Financial Data – Unaudited      
    Operating Statistics      
               
          Three Months   Three Months
          Ended   Ended
    (Amounts in $000s, except per unit data) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
               
    Oil and natural gas revenue:      
      Oil Sales $ 49,982   $ 50,817
      NGL Sales   6,157     6,602
      Natural Gas Sales   14,202     9,770
      Total oil and natural gas sales – Unhedged $ 70,341   $ 67,189
               
    Production volumes:      
      Oil Sales – MBbls   737     760
      NGL Sales – MBbls   263     299
      Natural Gas Sales – MMcf   3,647     3,883
      Total – MBoe   1,607     1,706
      Total – MBoe/d   17.9     18.5
               
    Average sales price (excluding commodity derivatives):      
      Oil – per Bbl $ 67.82   $ 66.82
      NGL – per Bbl $ 23.46   $ 22.09
      Natural gas – per Mcf $ 3.89   $ 2.52
      Total – per Boe $ 43.76   $ 39.37
               
    Average unit costs per Boe:      
      Lease operating expense $ 23.28   $ 20.57
      Gathering, processing and transportation $ 2.67   $ 2.62
      Taxes other than income $ 2.73   $ 3.14
      General and administrative expense $ 6.73   $ 5.56
      Realized gain/(loss) on commodity derivatives $ 0.31   $ 2.38
      Depletion, depreciation, and amortization $ 5.29   $ 4.93
               
    Selected Financial Data – Unaudited      
    Asset Operating Statistics      
             
        Three Months   Three Months
        Ended   Ended
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
             
    Production volumes – MBOE:      
      Bairoil   280       293  
      Beta   315       308  
      Oklahoma   393       436  
      East Texas / North Louisiana   570       609  
      Eagle Ford (Non-op)   49       60  
      Total – MBoe   1,607       1,706  
      Total – MBoe/d   17.9       18.5  
      % – Liquids   62 %     62 %
             
    Lease operating expense – $M:      
      Bairoil $ 13,732     $ 11,800  
      Beta   13,305       12,113  
      Oklahoma   3,856       3,948  
      East Texas / North Louisiana   4,981       5,887  
      Eagle Ford (Non-op)   1,542       1,351  
      Total Lease operating expense: $ 37,416     $ 35,099  
             
    Capital expenditures – $M:      
      Bairoil $ 1,322     $ 190  
      Beta   12,733       10,001  
      Oklahoma   1,445       168  
      East Texas / North Louisiana   3,449       2,758  
      Eagle Ford (Non-op)   3,905       2,125  
      Magnify Energy Services   263       82  
      Total Capital expenditures: $ 23,117     $ 15,324  
             
    Selected Financial Data – Unaudited              
    Balance Sheet Data              
                       
    (Amounts in $000s) March 31, 2025
      December 31, 2024
                       
    Assets              
      Cash and Cash Equivalents $     $  
      Accounts Receivable   35,893       39,713  
      Other Current Assets   24,296       32,064  
        Total Current Assets $ 60,189     $ 71,777  
                       
      Net Oil and Gas Properties $ 400,770     $ 386,218  
      Other Long-Term Assets   292,680       289,081  
        Total Assets $ 753,639     $ 747,076  
                       
    Liabilities              
      Accounts Payable $ 19,863     $ 13,231  
      Accrued Liabilities   40,343       43,413  
      Other Current Liabilities   18,658       11,494  
        Total Current Liabilities $ 78,864     $ 68,138  
                       
      Long-Term Debt $ 125,000     $ 127,000  
      Asset Retirement Obligation   131,158       129,700  
      Other Long-Term Liabilities   15,680       13,326  
        Total Liabilities $ 350,702     $ 338,164  
                       
    Shareholders’ Equity              
      Common Stock & APIC $ 440,266     $ 440,380  
      Accumulated Earnings (Deficit)   (37,329 )     (31,468 )
        Total Shareholders’ Equity $ 402,937     $ 408,912  
                       
    Selected Financial Data – Unaudited      
    Statements of Cash Flows Data      
           
      Three Months   Three Months
      Ended   Ended
    (Amounts in $000s) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
           
           
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities $ 25,501     $ 12,455  
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities   (21,497 )     (19,379 )
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   (4,004 )     6,924  
           
    Selected Operating and Financial Data (Tables)      
    Reconciliation of Unaudited GAAP Financial Measures to Non-GAAP Financial Measures    
    Adjusted EBITDA and Free Cash Flow      
             
        Three Months   Three Months
        Ended   Ended
    (Amounts in $000s) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
             
    Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Cash Provided from Operating Activities:    
      Net cash provided by operating activities $ 25,501     $ 12,455  
      Changes in working capital   (5,372 )     4,770  
      Interest expense, net   3,519       3,684  
      Amortization of gain associated with terminated commodity derivatives   159       159  
      Amortization and write-off of deferred financing fees   (315 )     (315 )
      Exploration costs   6       10  
      Acquisition and divestiture related costs   1,629       1,424  
      Plugging and abandonment cost   171       754  
      Current income tax expense (benefit)   1       (2,132 )
      Pipeline incident loss   396       2,405  
      (Gain) loss on sale of properties   (6,251 )     (1,367 )
    Adjusted EBITDA: $ 19,444     $ 21,847  
             
    Reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to Net Cash Provided from Operating Activities:    
    Adjusted EBITDA: $ 19,444     $ 21,847  
      Less: Cash interest expense   3,545       3,598  
      Less: Capital expenditures   23,117       15,324  
    Free Cash Flow: $ (7,218 )   $ 2,925  
             
    Selected Operating and Financial Data (Tables)      
    Reconciliation of Unaudited GAAP Financial Measures to Non-GAAP Financial Measures    
    Adjusted EBITDA and Free Cash Flow      
             
        Three Months   Three Months
        Ended   Ended
    (Amounts in $000s) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
             
    Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Income (Loss):      
      Net income (loss) $ (5,861 )   $ (7,429 )
      Interest expense, net   3,519       3,684  
      Income tax expense (benefit) – current   1       (2,132 )
      Income tax expense (benefit) – deferred   (1,538 )     (886 )
      Depreciation, depletion and amortization   8,494       8,418  
      Accretion of asset retirement obligations   2,183       2,156  
      (Gains) losses on commodity derivatives   14,317       9,305  
      Cash settlements received (paid) on expired commodity derivative instruments   503       4,052  
      Amortization of gain associated with terminated commodity derivatives   159       159  
      Acquisition and divestiture related costs   1,629       1,424  
      Share-based compensation expense   1,890       1,686  
      (Gain) loss on sale of properties   (6,251 )     (1,367 )
      Exploration costs   6       10  
      Loss on settlement of AROs   (3 )     334  
      Bad debt expense         28  
      Pipeline incident loss   396       2,405  
    Adjusted EBITDA: $ 19,444     $ 21,847  
             
      Reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to Net Income (Loss):      
      Adjusted EBITDA: $ 19,444     $ 21,847  
      Less: Cash interest expense   3,545       3,598  
      Less: Capital expenditures   23,117       15,324  
      Free Cash Flow: $ (7,218 )   $ 2,925  
             
    Selected Operating and Financial Data (Tables)      
    Reconciliation of Unaudited GAAP Financial Measures to Non-GAAP Financial Measures    
    Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted Net Income (Loss)      
               
          Three Months   Three Months
          Ended   Ended
    (Amounts in $000s, except per share data) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
               
    Reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income (Loss):      
      Net income (loss) $ (5,861 )   $ (7,429 )
      Unrealized (gain) loss on commodity derivatives   14,820       13,357  
      Acquisition and divestiture related costs   1,629       1,424  
      Non-recurring costs:      
        Income tax expense (benefit) – deferred   (1,538 )     (886 )
        Gain on sale of properties   (6,251 )     (1,367 )
      Tax effect of adjustments   971       (12 )
        Adjusted net income (loss) $ 3,770     $ 5,087  
               
    Selected Operating and Financial Data (Tables)          
    Reconciliation of Unaudited GAAP Financial Measures to Non-GAAP Financial Measures      
    Cash General and Administrative Expenses          
               
      Three Months   Three Months
      Ended   Ended
    (Amounts in $000s) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
               
    General and administrative expense $ 10,815   $ 9,486
    Less: Share-based compensation expense   1,890     1,686
    Less: Acquisition and divestiture costs   1,629     1,424
    Less: Bad debt expense       28
    Less: Severance payments      
    Total Cash General and Administrative Expense $ 7,296   $ 6,348
               

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Rigetti Computing Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    BERKELEY, Calif., May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Rigetti Computing, Inc. (Nasdaq: RGTI) (“Rigetti” or the “Company”), a pioneer in full-stack quantum-classical computing, today announced its financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 and Recent Financial Highlights

    • Total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2025 were $1.5 million
    • Total operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2025 were $22.1 million
    • Operating loss for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $21.6 million
    • Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $42.6 million
    • Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 includes $62.1 million of non-cash gains from the change in fair value of derivative warrant and earn-out liabilities
    • As of March 31, 2025 cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments totaled $209.1 million
    • As of April 30, 2025, following the previously announced closing of the share purchase by Quanta Computer, Inc., cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments totaled $237.7 million

    “Rigetti is proud to be awarded important government-funded projects in the U.S. and U.K. to advance our technology, which demonstrates our continued leadership in superconducting quantum computing,” says Rigetti CEO Dr. Subodh Kulkarni. “We also are making great strides in developing innovative approaches to scaling to higher qubit count systems, which is possible due to our open and modular system architecture, in-house full-stack expertise, and world-class partners.”

    Recent Business Developments

    Rigetti Selected to Participate in DARPA’s Quantum Benchmarking Initiative
    Rigetti will advance to Stage A, a 6-month performance period focused on the Company’s utility-scale quantum computer concept worth up to $1 million upon completion of program milestones. Rigetti’s proposed concept to design and build a Utility-Scale Quantum Computer (USQC) combines the Company’s proprietary multi-chip architecture with scalable quantum error correction (QEC) codes. Rigetti’s long-time partner and leader in QEC technology, Riverlane, will be collaborating on this project and bringing their expertise to help refine the proposed USQC concept and validate the underlying technology.

    Rigetti Granted AFOSR Award to Further Develop Breakthrough Chip Fabrication Technology
    Rigetti will lead a $5.48 million consortium to further develop its breakthrough chip fabrication technology, Alternating-Bias Assisted Annealing (ABAA). Rigetti will collaborate with Iowa State University, the Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, the University of Connecticut, and Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory* to develop a detailed understanding of how ABAA impacts the chip on a microscopic level — which aims to shed light on defects in superconducting qubits and open new avenues for understanding and mitigating them.

    *Funded separately though Laboratory for Physical Sciences, University of Maryland

    Rigetti Awarded Three Innovate UK Quantum Mission Pilot Awards to Advance Superconducting Quantum Computing
    Rigetti will lead a £3.5 million consortium to advance quantum error correction capabilities on superconducting quantum computers. In collaboration with Riverlane and the National Quantum Computing Centre (NQCC) Superconducting Circuits Team, the consortium will conduct ambitious QEC tests that advance state-of-the-art metrics and demonstrate real-time QEC capabilities — a requirement for universal, fault-tolerant quantum computing.

    As part of the project, Rigetti will also upgrade its existing NQCC quantum computer. The upgrades will include:

    • Deploying a larger 36-qubit quantum processing unit (QPU), updating from the current 24-qubit QPU
    • Integrating Rigetti’s latest generation control system, enabling improved qubit control and a fully programmable, low-latency interface with Riverlane’s QEC Stack

    Rigetti was also awarded two additional Quantum Missions pilot competition projects:

    • Collaboration with SEEQC to integrate its digital chip-based technology with Rigetti’s 9-qubit Novera™ QPU hosted at the NQCC with the goal of identifying and understanding the key system components needed for scalable QEC.
    • Collaboration with TreQ, Qruise, Q-CTRL, and Oxford Ionics aims to create an open-architecture quantum computing testbed and deliver an open specification for quantum workflows, creating a common interface between quantum software and hardware.

    Rigetti Closes Investment by Quanta Computer
    On April 29, 2025, Rigetti closed its previously announced investment by Quanta Computer Inc. related to our strategic collaboration agreement. In connection with the closing, Quanta purchased approximately $35 million of shares of Rigetti common stock at approximately $11.59 per share.

    Recent Technical Updates

    Controlling a Superconducting Qubit Using Optical Signals
    Rigetti’s joint paper with Harvard University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and University of Chicago, “Coherent control of a superconducting qubit using light,” has been published in Nature Physics.

    Fault-tolerant quantum computing will likely require 10,000 to a million physical qubits. Scaling these systems is challenging because they require bulky microwave components with high thermal loads that can quickly overwhelm the cooling power of a dilution refrigerator. Optical signals have a considerably smaller footprint and negligible thermal conductivity.

    The team successfully demonstrated the integration of a hybrid microwave-optical quantum transducer with a Rigetti-fabricated superconducting qubit. This hybrid set-up enables optical control of the qubit, removing the need for coax lines and provides a promising approach to scaling to higher qubit count systems.

    New Quantum Algorithm Boosts Classical Optimizers
    Rigetti leveraged its new quantum optimization algorithm, quantum preconditioning, to address a power energy grid problem. Using a public dataset representing South Carolina’s energy grid, the problem was to compute the maximum power exchange section, a metric that informs on the health and the power delivery capability of the energy network. Using Rigetti’s 84-qubit Ankaa-3 system, quantum preconditioning was used to boost best-in-class classical optimizers. A relative advantage against the classical baseline was achieved along with a high solution accuracy, highlighting the potential for quantum preconditioning to achieve quantum utility for solving practical optimization problems.

    Conference Call and Webcast
    Rigetti will host a conference call later today, May 12, 2025, at 5:00 pm ET, or 2:00 pm PT, to discuss its first quarter 2025 financial results.

    You can listen to a live audio webcast of the conference call at https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/5w8qggnn/ or the “Events & Presentations” section of the Company’s Investor Relations website at https://investors.rigetti.com/. A replay of the conference call will be available at the same locations following the conclusion of the call for one year.

    To participate in the live call, you must register using the following link: https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BIa01e2c81dc8f4031b25c1ce89653b15e. Once registered, you will receive dial-in numbers and a unique PIN number. When you dial in, you will input your PIN and be routed into the call. If you register and forget your PIN, or lose the registration confirmation email, simply re-register to receive a new PIN.

    About Rigetti
    Rigetti is a pioneer in full-stack quantum computing. The Company has operated quantum computers over the cloud since 2017 and serves global enterprise, government, and research clients through its Rigetti Quantum Cloud Services platform. In 2021, Rigetti began selling on-premises quantum computing systems with qubit counts between 24 and 84 qubits, supporting national laboratories and quantum computing centers. Rigetti’s 9-qubit Novera QPU was introduced in 2023 supporting a broader R&D community with a high-performance, on-premises QPU designed to plug into a customer’s existing cryogenic and control systems. The Company’s proprietary quantum-classical infrastructure provides high-performance integration with public and private clouds for practical quantum computing. Rigetti has developed the industry’s first multi-chip quantum processor for scalable quantum computing systems. The Company designs and manufactures its chips in-house at Fab-1, the industry’s first dedicated and integrated quantum device manufacturing facility. Learn more at https://www.rigetti.com/.

    Contacts
    Rigetti Computing Investor Contact:
    IR@Rigetti.com

    Rigetti Computing Media Contact:
    press@rigetti.com

    Cautionary Language Concerning Forward-Looking Statements
    Certain statements in this communication may be considered “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, including statements with respect to the Company’s future success and performance, including expectations with respect to timing of the development and commercialization of superconducting quantum computing; expectations regarding the advantages and impact of the government-funded projects on the Company’s operations, technology roadmap, milestones, and the Company’s position in the industry; statements to the development of innovative approaches to scaling to higher qubit count systems and the impact of our open and modular system architecture, in-house full-stack expertise, and world-class partners; expectations for work under the AFOSR Award to shed light on defects in superconducting qubits and open new avenues for understanding and mitigating them; and expectations for the Quantum Missions pilot competition projects to: (a) lead to identifying and understanding key system components needed for scalable QEC, and (b) create an open-architecture quantum computing testbed and deliver an open specification for quantum workflows, creating a common interface between quantum software and hardware. These forward-looking statements are based upon estimates and assumptions that, while considered reasonable by the Company and its management, are inherently uncertain. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, but are not limited to: the Company’s ability to achieve milestones, technological advancements, including with respect to its technology roadmap; the ability of the Company to obtain government contracts successfully and in a timely manner and the availability of government funding; the potential of quantum computing; the success of the Company’s partnerships and collaborations, including the strategic collaboration with Quanta; the Company’s ability to accelerate its development of multiple generations of quantum processors; the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against the Company or others; the ability to maintain relationships with customers and suppliers and attract and retain management and key employees; costs related to operating as a public company; changes in applicable laws or regulations; the possibility that the Company may be adversely affected by other economic, business, or competitive factors; the Company’s estimates of expenses and profitability; the evolution of the markets in which the Company competes; the ability of the Company to implement its strategic initiatives and expansion plans; the expected use of proceeds from the Company’s past and future financings or other capital; the sufficiency of the Company’s cash resources; unfavorable conditions in the Company’s industry, the global economy or global supply chain, including rising inflation and interest rates, deteriorating international trade relations, political turmoil, natural catastrophes, warfare and terrorist attacks; and other risks and uncertainties set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 and Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 and other documents filed by the Company from time to time with the SEC. These filings identify and address other important risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events and results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. Readers are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward-looking statements, and the Company assumes no obligation and does not intend to update or revise these forward-looking statements other than as required by applicable law. The Company does not give any assurance that it will achieve its expectations.

     
    RIGETTI COMPUTING, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (in thousands, except number of shares and par value)
    (unaudited)
                 
        March 31,   December 31,
        2025   2024
    Assets            
    Current assets:            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 37,162     $ 67,674  
    Available-for-sale investments – short-term     171,966       124,420  
    Accounts receivable     1,068       2,427  
    Prepaid expenses     2,124       3,156  
    Other current assets     2,041       9,081  
    Total current assets     214,361       206,758  
    Available-for-sale investments – long-term           25,068  
    Property and equipment, net     46,100       44,643  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets     7,609       7,993  
    Other assets     1,068       325  
    Total assets   $ 269,138     $ 284,787  
                 
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity            
    Current liabilities:            
    Accounts payable   $ 3,401     $ 1,590  
    Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     5,665       8,005  
    Current portion of deferred revenue     147       113  
    Current portion of operating lease liabilities     2,179       2,159  
    Total current liabilities     11,392       11,867  
    Deferred revenue, less current portion     698       698  
    Operating lease liabilities, less current portion     6,230       6,641  
    Derivative warrant liabilities     39,576       93,095  
    Earn-out liabilities     4,114       45,897  
    Total liabilities     62,010       158,198  
    Commitments and contingencies            
    Stockholders’ equity:            
    Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none outstanding            
    Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 286,974,947 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025 and 283,546,871 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024     29       29  
    Additional paid-in capital     719,315       681,202  
    Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income     (88 )     105  
    Accumulated deficit     (512,128 )     (554,747 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     207,128       126,589  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 269,138     $ 284,787  
                     
     
    RIGETTI COMPUTING, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (in thousands, except per share data)
    (unaudited)
         
        Three months ended March 31,
        2025 2024
    Revenue   $ 1,472     $ 3,052  
    Cost of revenue     1,030       1,552  
    Total gross profit     442       1,500  
    Operating expenses:            
    Research and development     15,455       11,471  
    Selling, general and administrative     6,619       6,614  
    Total operating expenses     22,074       18,085  
    Loss from operations     (21,632 )     (16,585 )
    Other income (expense), net            
    Interest expense           (1,107 )
    Interest income     2,152       1,123  
    Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities     53,262       (2,583 )
    Change in fair value of earn-out liabilities     8,837       (1,621 )
    Total other income (expense), net     64,251       (4,188 )
    Net income (loss) before provision for income taxes     42,619       (20,773 )
    Provision for income taxes            
    Net income (loss)   $ 42,619     $ (20,773 )
    Net income (loss) available to common stockholders used in diluted earnings per share   $ 38,256     $ (20,773 )
    Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – basic   $ 0.15     $ (0.14 )
    Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – diluted   $ 0.13     $ (0.14 )
    Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – basic     284,698       151,855  
    Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – diluted     301,595       151,855  
                     
     
    RIGETTI COMPUTING INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (in thousands)
    (unaudited)
         
        Three months ended March 31,
        2025   2024
    Cash flows from operating activities:            
    Net income (loss)   $ 42,619     $ (20,773 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:            
    Depreciation and amortization     1,829       1,787  
    Stock-based compensation     4,174       2,991  
    Change in fair value of earn-out liabilities     (8,837 )     1,621  
    Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities     (53,262 )     2,583  
    Accretion of available-for-sale securities     (1,423 )     (855 )
    Amortization of debt issuance costs, commitment fees and accretion of final payment fees           298  
    Non-cash lease expense     384       391  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:            
    Accounts receivable     1,359       323  
    Prepaid expenses, other current assets and other assets     1,379       435  
    Deferred revenue     34       (214 )
    Accounts payable     747       334  
    Accrued expenses and operating lease liabilities     (2,654 )     (2,060 )
    Net cash used in operating activities     (13,651 )     (13,139 )
    Cash flows from investing activities:            
    Purchases of property and equipment     (2,547 )     (5,493 )
    Purchases of available-for-sale securities     (44,062 )     (27,287 )
    Maturities of available-for-sale securities     23,000       39,000  
    Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     (23,609 )     6,220  
    Cash flows from financing activities:            
    Payments of principal of notes payable           (3,045 )
    Proceeds from sale of common stock through Common Stock Purchase Agreement           12,838  
    Proceeds from sale of common stock through At-The-Market (ATM) Offering           11,031  
    Payments of offering costs     (73 )     (174 )
    Net proceeds from tax withholdings on sell-to-cover equity award transactions     6,272        
    Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options     327       60  
    Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants     409        
    Net cash provided by financing activities     6,935       20,710  
    Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     (187 )     (85 )
    Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (30,512 )     13,706  
    Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period     67,674       21,392  
    Cash and cash equivalents – end of period   $ 37,162     $ 35,098  
    Supplemental disclosures of other cash flow information:            
    Cash paid for interest   $     $ 811  
    Non-cash investing and financing activities:            
    Capitalization of deferred costs to equity upon share issuance           52  
    Purchases of property and equipment recorded in accounts payable     1,408       1,115  
    Purchases of property and equipment recorded in accrued expenses     74        
    Reclassification of earn-out liabilities to additional paid-in capital for vesting of Promote Sponsor Vesting Shares     32,946        
    Reclassification of derivative liabilities to additional paid-in capital due to exercise of Public Warrants     257        
    Purchases of deferred offering costs in accounts payable     122       273  
    Unrealized losses on short term investments     (8 )     (18 )
                     

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Commemoration of the Customs Valuation Agreement at 30 WTO Committee on Customs Valuation

    Source: World Trade Organization

    Distinguished delegates, ladies and gentlemen,

    It is a pleasure to address you today to celebrate the 30th anniversary of the Customs Valuation Agreement, as well as the Committee on Customs Valuation overseeing the Agreement’s implementation.

    While 2025 marks the 30th anniversary of the Agreement, its origins trace back to the GATT era, when it was called the Agreement on Implementation of Article VII of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade 1994.

    Its long history demonstrates the importance of customs valuation, and its particular relevance in today’s environment when there is so much focus on tariffs. Customs valuation is a threshold question that importers must address because it can dramatically change the effect of tariffs. How customs value goods can be just as important as the tariff rate applicable to that good because the customs value and the tariff rate together determine the amount of duty the importer must pay. A low tariff with high customs valuation can hurt as much as a high tariff.

    This interrelationship shows that the WTO rules are more than about tariff levels – our rules benefit all Members by establishing how value is measured for purposes of applying tariffs. Inconsistent valuation methods created uncertainty and unpredictability for traders. Without these rules, Members cannot predict how much they would collect in tariffs and how much their exporters would pay abroad.

    Just consider what happened before the Agreement was negotiated. Article VII of the GATT, which first regulated customs valuation in 1947, set out broad principles for national customs valuation systems but allowed countries considerable flexibility to implement their own national systems. In practice, this flexibility led to wide variation and a lack of transparency across customs administrations.

    By the time of the Tokyo Round, these challenges had become so significant that customs valuation practices were increasingly considered to be non-tariff barriers to trade, prompting the international community to seek stronger, more harmonized rules.

    The Tokyo Round resulted in the conclusion in 1979 of the GATT Valuation Code, which provided for the first time a detailed regulation of customs valuation aimed at establishing a fair, uniform, and neutral system that reflected commercial realities and prohibited the use of arbitrary or fictitious customs values.

    The WTO Customs Valuation Agreement we are commemorating today is in essence that Valuation Code with two key advancements:

    • First, it strengthened the plurilateral GATT Valuation Code into a multilateral agreement, and therefore all WTO Members are obliged to comply; and
    • Second, it ensures that the market access opportunities achieved through rounds of tariff reductions are not eroded as a result of arbitrary, fictitious or non-transparent valuation methodologies. 

    In so doing, the Customs Valuation Agreement was a forward-looking agreement for its time. Let me highlight two aspects that illustrate its progressive nature.  

    • First, the Agreement recognizes the importance of a constructive relationship between customs authorities and the private sector. It is premised on an idea that an informed and committed private sector is more likely to comply voluntarily. This partnership-based approach was a significant shift at the time, particularly given the importance for governments to maintain control over revenue fraud.
    • Second, the Agreement introduced market-oriented and trade facilitating practices to customs valuation. For example, it established the transaction value – i.e., the price actually paid or payable – as the basis for customs valuation. This approach reflected market conditions more accurately than other valuation methods by ensuring that the customs value of goods is based on the true value of goods negotiated between buyer and seller.

    The Customs Valuation Agreement serves also as a trade facilitating tool. Given the inherent complexity of customs valuation, by providing a uniform set of rules for valuing goods, it leads to greater predictability and consistency in the treatment of goods at the border. This standardization helps minimize costs and delays for developed and developing Members alike by enabling traders to understand, in advance, how their goods will be valued.  

    Nevertheless, the implementation of the Customs Valuation Agreement is not without challenges. For some Members, customs duties remain a significant source of government revenue; others operate under trade policy frameworks that include high tariffs or face the realities of large informal trading sectors. In some cases, customs administrations also contend with limited resources, which can impede full and effective implementation of the Agreement.

    The Committee has shown its commitment to supporting implementation efforts by Members. This activity includes targeted initiatives, such as the 2002 seminar on mobilizing technical assistance and, more recently, the 2019 workshop organized in collaboration with the Trade Facilitation Agreement Facility to address implementation challenges and explore how the TFA can reinforce CVA implementation.

    Just last year, the Committee brought renewed attention to one of the fundamental aspects of the Customs Valuation Agreement and the WTO more broadly – transparency.  Your efforts to strengthen the notification process have yielded tangible results, leading to the strongest year in recent memory for notification submissions. This is a commendable achievement. Transparency through timely notifications is essential – not only for the effective operation of the CVA, but also for the credibility and functioning of the WTO as a whole. I encourage you to continue this important work. Thirty years on, notification remains a cornerstone of successful implementation.

    Your Committee stands as a reminder that WTO Agreements cannot operate in a silo nor in a vacuum. Let me give you an example. As you know, this Committee also oversees the Preshipment Inspection Agreement. Historically, the CVA was strongly linked to the Preshipment Inspection Agreement because some governments relied on preshipment inspection entities to carry out customs valuation-related activities.  However, since the entry into force of the Trade Facilitation Agreement in 2017, which prohibits the use of preshipment inspections for customs valuation, this linkage has naturally diminished. At the same time, a growing alignment between the Customs Valuation Agreement and the Trade Facilitation Agreement has emerged. These two Agreements now reinforce each other in promoting transparency, efficiency, and predictability at the border.

    Over the past 30 years, the Customs Valuation Agreement has proven to be flexible and successful at adapting to a changing environment by requiring that customs value be based on simple and equitable criteria consistent with commercial practices. But today, we are entering a new phase – one marked by rapid, transformative change. Digitalization, artificial intelligence, and evolving trade dynamics will challenge us to interpret and apply the CVA in new and complex ways.  

    It is up to you as Members of the Committee on Customs Valuation to collectively ensure uniformity in interpretation and application of the Agreement in this volatile trading environment and constantly evolving business models. In this effort, our continued partnership with the World Customs Organization Technical Committee on Customs Valuation will continue to be indispensable. I am pleased that we are joined today by the Chairperson of this Committee, whose presence reflects the strength of that collaboration.

    As we mark 30 years of this Agreement, I wish to thank all our delegates, as well as the Secretariat team, for the dedication and professionalism that has sustained its implementation. I am confident that, through your continued engagement, this Committee will remain a cornerstone of the multilateral trading system – resilient, effective, and ready to address the challenges we are facing.

    Thank you.

    Share

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI USA: Congressman Don Davis Joins Global Security Leaders at the London Defence Conference 2025

    Source: US Congressman Don Davis (NC-01)

    London, U.K.  Congressman Don Davis (NC-01), a U.S. Air Force veteran and the vice ranking member of the House Armed Services Committee, participated in a panel at the London Defence Conference 2025 entitled “Facing China, Russia, Iran, and North Korea (CRINK),” focused on emerging threats to the post-World War II global order and the strengthening alliance between CRINK nations. The conference took place during the 80th anniversary of Victory in Europe (VE) Day marking the end of World War II.

    With its theme of “Alliances,” the London Defence Conference 2025 comes at a crucial moment in global affairs. The U.S.-led network of alliances is facing internal strains and threats to its continued existence. The panel discussions on these topics took place among former heads of state, members of the U.S. Congress, members of the British Parliament, and non-government foreign policy experts.

    “The importance of these discussions is growing as we face emerging global threats. Our shared defense remains essential for safeguarding democracies around the world,” said Congressman Don Davis. “As we commemorate the 80th anniversary of VE Day, we are reminded of the enduring value of our allies. We must maintain unity in addressing threats posed by countries such as China, Russia, Iran, North Korea, and other global extremists.”

    During the “Facing CRINK” panel, participants addressed emerging threats  to the post-World War II global order and emphasized the importance of reinforcing alliances such as North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO).

    Specific topics included Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, belligerence from the People’s Republic of China in the Indo-Pacific, and Iran’s malign actions in the Gulf. Panelists discussed best practices for uniting the free world and ensuring internal political divisions do not divide the West against common foes.

    Congressman Don Davis serves as the vice ranking member of the House Armed Services Committee and sits on the Subcommittees on Tactical Air and Land Forces and Readiness. He graduated from the U.S. Air Force Academy in 1994, a co-chair of the For Country Caucus and is a veteran of the U.S. Air Force.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Governor Newsom releases state model for cities and counties to immediately address encampments with urgency and dignity

    Source: US State of California 2

    May 12, 2025

    What you need to know: Governor Newsom today released a model ordinance for cities and counties to immediately address dangerous and unhealthy encampments and connect people experiencing homelessness with shelter and services. Backed in part by $3.3 billion in new Prop 1 funding being announced today, the Governor is calling on all local governments to act without delay and use their authority affirmed by the U.S. Supreme Court to address encampments.

    SACRAMENTO —  As part of California’s ambitious push to tackle the nationwide homelessness crisis head-on, Governor Gavin Newsom released a model ordinance for cities and counties to address unhealthy and dangerous encampments. The Governor is calling on every local government to adopt and implement local policies without delay, backed by billions in state funding and authority affirmed by the U.S. Supreme Court last year. The model ordinance follows and builds on the Governor’s 2024 executive order, which urged all local jurisdictions to quickly address encampments and use state and local funding to connect people experiencing homelessness with the care and support they need.

    This announcement is coupled with the release of $3.3 billion in voter-approved Proposition 1 funding, which will be made available later today to communities statewide to expand behavioral health housing and treatment options for the most seriously ill and homeless in California.

    “There’s nothing compassionate about letting people die on the streets. Local leaders asked for resources — we delivered the largest state investment in history. They asked for legal clarity — the courts delivered. Now, we’re giving them a model they can put to work immediately, with urgency and with humanity, to resolve encampments and connect people to shelter, housing, and care. The time for inaction is over. There are no more excuses.”

    Governor Gavin Newsom

    Giving locals the tools they need

    Governor Newsom has been a fierce advocate for people experiencing homelessness, creating new resources to support local governments to help provide support and care. The Newsom administration has provided local communities with more than $27 billion to address homelessness, created stronger accountability laws and tools to ensure that every community is doing its part.

    Today, Governor Newsom is continuing the state’s support by sharing with local communities a model ordinance to help local governments set appropriate rules around encampments and establish effective enforcement procedures that prioritize notice, shelter, and services.  Encampments pose a serious public safety risk, and expose the people in encampments to increased risk of sexual violence, criminal activity, property damage and break-ins, and unsanitary conditions. 

    Clear formal guidelines for clearing encampments 

    The state’s model ordinance will be provided to every community as a starting point so jurisdictions can create their own policies.  It draws from the state’s proven and workable approach — an approach that, since July 2021, has cleared more than 16,000 encampments and over 311,873 cubic yards of waste and debris from sites along the state right of way. These results demonstrate that the policy is effective and scalable, offering a sound, adoptable framework for jurisdictions to resolve encampments with urgency and dignity.

    The ordinance contains key provisions, which may be modified based on local need, including:

    • A prohibition on persistent camping in one location
    • A prohibition on encampments that block free passage on sidewalks
    • A requirement that local officials provide notice and make every reasonable effort to identify and offer shelter prior to clearing an encampment

    The ordinance helps ensure that local communities take a balanced approach to address and prevent encampments with compassion and care. 

    The ordinance reflects the guidance for local governments created following the Governor’s Executive Order, requiring at least 48 hours’ notice, outreach to local service providers, and proper storage of items when addressing encampments.

    Learn about your community’s progress

    Visit accountability.ca.gov, which brings together thousands of locally reported data points to provide an accurate picture of local communities’ work to address homelessness, create housing, and create behavioral health supports.  The new accountability tool helps Californians quickly and clearly assess the progress being made by their local governments on these pressing issues and learn more about the process and funding provided to communities by the state.

    Reversing decades of inaction 

    The Newsom Administration is making significant progress in reversing decades of inaction on homelessness. Between 2014 and 2019, unsheltered homelessness in California increased by approximately 37,000 people, more than double the increase seen during the Newsom Administration.

    As states throughout the nation continue to see ever-higher increases in homeless populations, California has dramatically slowed the growth in homelessness and reduced the number of veterans and youth experiencing homelessness — more than any other state.

    Homelessness continues to increase nationwide, increasing in 2024 by more than 18%, but California is bucking the national trend by holding the statewide increase to 3%. This is a lower rate than in 40 other states.

    California is also one of the few states that have dramatically blunted the increases in unsheltered homelessness, holding it to 0.45%. By comparison, in 2024, nationwide unsheltered homelessness grew by nearly 7%. Unsheltered homelessness growth in other large population states like Illinois, Florida, New York, and Texas surpassed California’s percentage and number. California experienced the largest decrease in veteran homelessness in the nation last year.

    Recent news

    News Sacramento, California – Governor Gavin Newsom today issued a proclamation declaring May 2025 as “Older Californians Month.”The text of the proclamation and a copy can be found below: PROCLAMATIONCalifornia is home to nearly nine million older residents who…

    News What you need to know: Ahead of peak wildfire season, California has launched “Ask CAL FIRE,” an AI-powered chatbot on CAL FIRE’s website offering wildfire resources and emergency information in 70 languages. SACRAMENTO — As California marks Wildfire Preparedness…

    News What you need to know: Governor Newsom has been appointed co-chair of the U.S. Climate Alliance – a bipartisan coalition of 24 governors working to achieve a net-zero carbon pollution future in America by advancing state-led, high-impact climate action….

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Discharge 2023: EU general budget – Court of Justice of the European Union – P10_TA(2025)0080 – Wednesday, 7 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    The European Parliament,

    –  having regard to its decision on discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023, Section IV – Court of Justice of the European Union,

    –  having regard to Rule 102 of and Annex V to its Rules of Procedure,

    –  having regard to the opinion of the Committee on Legal Affairs,

    –  having regard to the report of the Committee on Budgetary Control (A10-0050/2025),

    A.  whereas in the context of the discharge procedure, the discharge authority wishes to stress the particular importance of further strengthening the democratic legitimacy of the Union institutions by improving transparency and accountability, and by implementing the concept of performance-based budgeting and good governance of human resources;

    B.  whereas the Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) is the judicial institution of the Union, having the task of ensuring compliance with Union law by overseeing the uniform interpretation and application of the Treaties and ensuring the lawfulness of measures adopted by the Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies;

    C.  whereas the CJEU helps preserving the values of the Union and, through its case-law, works towards the building of Europe;

    D.  whereas the CJEU comprises two courts: the Court of Justice and the General Court;

    E.  whereas Parliament and Council amended Protocol No 3 on the Statute of the CJEU (the ‘Statute’)(1) in 2024 with respect to the transfer of preliminary rulings in specific areas to the jurisdiction of the General Court;

    1.  Notes that the budget of the CJEU falls under MFF heading 7, ‘European public administration’, which amounted to EUR 12,3 billion in 2023 (representing 6,4 % of the total Union budget); notes that the CJEU’s budget of approximately EUR 0,5 billion represents approximately 3,9 % of the total administrative expenditure of the Union;

    2.  Notes that the Court of Auditors (the ‘Court’), in its Annual Report for the financial year 2023 (the ‘Court’s report’) examined a sample of 70 transactions under the heading ‘Administration’, 10 more than were examined in 2022; the Court further states that administrative expenditure comprises expenditure on human resources, including expenditure on pensions, which in 2023 accounted for approximately 70 % of the total administrative expenditure, and expenditure on buildings, equipment, energy, communications and information technology (IT), and that its work over many years indicates that, overall, this spending is low risk;

    3.  Notes that 21 (30 %) of the 70 transactions contained errors but that the Court, based on the five errors which were quantified, estimates the level of error to be below the materiality threshold;

    4.  Notes that the Court’s report did not identify any specific issues concerning the CJEU;

    Budgetary and financial management

    5.  Notes that the budget allocated for the CJEU in 2023 amounted to EUR 486 025 796, which represented an increase of 3,9 % compared to 2022; notes that this increase was mainly related to salary adjustments forecasted for 2023; stresses that the budget of the CJEU is essentially administrative, with around 75 % of the appropriations related to expenditure for its members and staff, and almost all of the rest related to expenditure for buildings and IT;

    6.  Notes that the overall implementation rate of the budget at the end of 2023 was 97,72 %; notes that five transfers were submitted to the budgetary authority in accordance with Article 29 of the Financial Regulation to reinforce the budget lines for ‘Energy consumption’, ‘Purchases, work, servicing and maintenance of equipment and software’ and ‘buildings’ from other budget lines, mainly the budget line for staff ‘Remuneration and allowances’; notes that Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine continued to create budgetary pressure for the CJEU, including through rising inflation and salary adjustments, strongly increasing energy costs and costs for a number of goods and services;

    7.  Notes with satisfaction that the authorising officer by delegation declared that the resources allocated had been used for the purpose intended and in accordance with the principle of sound financial management and that the control procedures put in place provided the necessary guarantees as to the legality and regularity of the underlying transactions;

    8.  Notes that the average payment time stood at 23,1 days in 2023 compared to 24,32 days in 2022; calls on the CJEU to continue its efforts to reduce the time for payment, particularly considering that 81 % of invoices were received electronically in 2023;

    9.  Notes that the CJEU’s mission budget, which stood at EUR 638 000 for both staff and Members in 2023, continued to decrease by 3,3 % in 2023 compared to 2022; notes that 85,1 % of the appropriations for missions in 2023 were used compared to 46,6 % in 2022 due to the persistent travel restrictions in application at that time;

    Internal management, performance and internal control

    10.  Notes the significant steps taken by the CJEU in 2023 towards its judicial reform which has led to the partial transfer of jurisdiction to give preliminary rulings from the Court of Justice to the General Court; notes that a political agreement with Parliament and Council was reached at the end of 2023 in view of the amendment to the Statute of the CJEU and with a view to improving the functioning of the CJEU against the background of a steady increase in the caseload and in the complexity and sensitive nature of questions raised; notes that, further to the adoption of the reform in 2024, detailed rules and procedures were adopted in order to complete the reform and allow the implementation of the new regulatory framework as of 1 October 2024;

    11.  Notes that, in 2023, the Court of Justice ruled on five cases concerning the principle of primacy in the context of four preliminary rulings brought by the courts in Germany, Ireland, Poland, and Romania, as well as one infringement case concerning Poland; stresses the fundamental importance of the principle of primacy of Union law, which ensures the uniform interpretation and application of Union law across all Member States and safeguards the rule of law as a core value of the Union; strongly reaffirms that the primacy of Union law is the cornerstone of the Union’s legal order and highlights the pivotal role of the CJEU in upholding the rule of law across the Union. Furthermore, notes that the General Court ruled on six cases related to measures for the protection of the Union budget against breaches of the principles of the rule of law by the Hungarian government, which systematically undermines core Union values; urges the Commission to take decisive enforcement actions against any Member State that challenges or disregards the binding nature of CJEU rulings; highlights that, in cases relating to the investigation of the Union budget, the principles of due process and fundamental rights must be fully respected by all competent authorities;

    12.  Notes that Article 4(2) of the Treaty on European Union states that “The Union shall respect the equality of Member States before the Treaties as well as their national identities, inherent in their fundamental structures, political and constitutional, inclusive of regional and local self-government. It shall respect their essential State functions […]”;

    13.  Condemns any national measures or legislative actions that seek to undermine the codification and enforcement of CJEU judgments; calls for the establishment of a formal monitoring mechanism to track Member State compliance with CJEU rulings and recommends linking compliance with EU funding disbursement under the rule of law conditionality framework;

    14.  Notes that 821 new cases were submitted to the Court of Justice in 2023, compared to 806 in 2022, out of which 63 % were references for preliminary ruling and 28,6 % were appeals against decisions of the General Court; notes that the General Court saw a major increase of cases with 1 271 new cases in 2023 compared to 904 in 2022, including an exceptional series of 404 joint cases submitted in October 2023; notes that in 2023 for the General Court, 37 % of the new cases, including the series of 404 joint cases, concerned actions relating to institutional law, 24,3 % concerned actions relating to intellectual property and 6 % concerned disputes between institutions of the Union and their staff; notes that the total number of pending cases remains stable when compared to previous years: considering the previously mentioned 404 cases as a single case, 2 587 cases were pending at the end of 2023, compared to 2 585 at the end of 2022 and 2 541 at the end of 2021;

    15.  Notes that the Court of Justice closed 783 cases in 2023, compared to 808 in 2022, and that the General Court closed 904 cases in 2023, compared to 858 in 2022;

    16.  Welcomes the decrease in the average length of proceedings for the cases closed by the Court of Justice, whereas in 2023 that average was 16,1 months, compared to 16,4 months in 2022; notes that the average duration for the cases closed by the General Court was 18,2 months, compared to 16,2 months in 2022, which the General Court explained was due to the nature and related complexity of the proceedings managed in 2023;

    17.  Notes the decrease in the average time taken to deal with direct actions before the Court of Justice (from 23,5 months in 2022 to 20,8 months in 2023) and with references for preliminary rulings (from 17,3 months to 16,8 months); notes that, as regards the litigation before the Court of Justice, there was a significant increase in the number of direct actions, in particular in the field of the environment, and that the questions referred to the Court of Justice for a preliminary ruling in 2023 related principally to the area of freedom, security and justice, followed by taxation, consumer protection and transport; notes that, as regards the litigation before the General Court, there was an increase of cases in the fields of intellectual property and economic and monetary policy, including banking;

    18.  Notes with satisfaction the high use rate of e-Curia in 2023, with 10 502 e-Curia accounts being registered: 94 % of lodgements before the General Court were made via e-Curia, which is the same as in 2022, while the use rate of e-Curia at the Court of Justice went up to approximately 89 %, compared to 87 % in 2022;

    19.  Appreciates the progress made in digitising the judicial archives with a view to preserving documents for future consultation and facilitating access for researchers and the public by means of a digital portal;

    20.  Welcomes the performance-based approach developed by the CJEU, allowing the CJEU to take decisions based on performance outcomes and the level of achievement of its objectives, measured through a set of workload and operational indicators; notes that the key performance indicators used by the CJEU cover a wide range of specific areas in support of the five management objectives relating to the proper functioning of the CJEU, digitalisation and emerging technologies, openness and transparency, multilingualism and human resources management;

    21.  Notes that the internal control framework of the CJEU was subject to an in-depth evaluation in 2022-2023, which confirmed its soundness; notes that, as part of that evaluation, the financial control circuits were adapted in order to make the controls more efficient;

    22.  Notes that the main internal audits carried out in 2023 concerned the CJEU’s expenditure on the cleaning of buildings, the effectiveness of the internal control system to safeguard the CJEU’s IT assets and the staff selection procedures; notes that an internal audit also carried out a study on the use of artificial intelligence in the area of justice in relation to the implementation of a “strategy for integrating tools based on artificial intelligence into the operation of the CJEU”; notes that, in many cases, the services of the CJEU took actions to implement the internal audit recommendations before the formal finalisation of the internal audits and that those actions were considered satisfactory by the internal auditor;

    Human resources, equality and staff well-being

    23.  Notes that, at the end of 2023, the CJEU employed 1340 officials (58 %), 765 temporary agents (33 %) under Articles 2(a), 2(b) and 2(c) of the Conditions of Employment of Other Staff of the EU, and 198 contract agents (9 %); notes that, at the end of 2023, the occupation rate of the establishment plan stood at 97,11 %; notes further that the annual turnover of staff was 7,8 % in 2023, which was particularly due to the 20 % of those staff who left the CJEU by taking retirement;

    24.  Notes that the Court of Justice is composed of 27 Judges and 11 Advocates General and that no new Judge or Advocate General took office in 2023; notes further that the General Court is composed of 54 Judges and that two new Judges, one woman and one man, took office during 2023; notes further that a new Registrar for the General Court was elected in 2023;

    25.  Welcomes the CJEU’s detailed responses to the questionnaire from Parliament’s Committee on Budgetary Control, provided as part of the current discharge procedure, particularly regarding staff distribution at the end of 2023; notes that the gender composition of the Court of Justice and the General Court continues to be very unbalanced; expresses its appreciation of the letter from the President of the General Court to the President of the Conference of the Representatives of the Member States in 2024, calling on Member States to take the need for gender balance into account when nominating candidates for the replacement of Judges and Advocates General; calls on Member States to take the need for gender balance into account when nominating candidates for the replacement of judges;

    26.  Takes note that, of the 2 303 officials and agents serving at the end of 2023, 61 % are women; welcomes the fact that the proportion of women in administrative positions is 55 %, and especially the fact that, in managerial posts, the proportion has increased to 43 %, compared to 40 % in 2022 and 2021, confirming the upward trend recorded since 2018 (41 % in 2020, 39 % in 2019 and 37,5 % in 2018); notes however that representation of women was the highest in assistant grades, whereas it was the lowest in senior management positions; calls on the CJEU to ensure a greater representation of women in senior management positions and take further measures to promote gender balance at all levels; welcomes the efforts deployed by the CJEU in favour of equality, inclusion and diversity, especially at recruitment stage;

    27.  Calls on the CJEU to publish an annual Gender and Diversity Report to provide transparency on gender representation at all levels of the institution, including Judges, Advocates General, and administrative staff, as well as to provide for concrete measures of improving gender parity in senior positions;

    28.  Welcomes that all Union nationalities are represented in the staff of the CJEU, but notes that certain nationalities are more represented than others; welcomes the continued efforts of the CJEU to promote a better geographical balance among its staff, in particular by fostering the visibility and attractiveness of its job vacancies, creating and offering more favourable job conditions to attract temporary agents from certain less-represented Member States and communicating widely to varied audiences on the job opportunities at the CJEU in 2023; notes that a significant effort was made to attract many talented young people from different Member States though the CJEU’s internship programme; invites the CJEU to examine whether trainees are proportionally represented from all member states;

    29.  Urges the CJEU to promote a multilingual working environment, recognizing its potential to enhance the fair distribution of nationalities among its staff; calls on all EU institutions to uphold and ensure the principle of multilingualism;

    30.  Welcomes the work done by the High Level Interinstitutional Group on enhancing the attractiveness of Luxembourg as a place of work for staff; calls on the CJEU to maintain and enhance cooperation with other Luxembourg-based institutions across different initiatives; notes with appreciation that the budgetary authority approved for the financial year 2025 the necessary appropriations in order to allow the granting of a housing allowance to staff at lower grades, as recommended by the High Level Interinstitutional Group; asks that Parliament be updated on the progress of such initiatives intended to improve the attractiveness of Luxembourg as a place of work;

    31.  Notes that, in 2023, the CJEU implemented several initiatives to promote physical and mental wellbeing of staff through specialised workshops and awareness-raising activities; notes that the teleworking scheme, which entered into force on 1 May 2022, was assessed positively by the managers, among whom 92 % replied that the productivity of staff teleworking was either equivalent or better than prior to the existence of the teleworking scheme; notes that, with a view to achieving a better work and personal-life balance, in 2023, the CJEU renewed the possibility for its staff to telework from outside the place of employment up to 10 days per year, especially during the judicial vacations;

    32.  Welcomes the ongoing awareness-raising, information and training campaigns aiming at promoting inclusion, mutual respect, cooperation and support for people with disabilities and their helpers;

    33.  Notes that the number of working days of sick leave was 20 198 in 2023, corresponding to a reduction of 14,78 % compared to 2022; notes with concern that the medical service reported 11 cases of burnout in 2023; welcomes a thorough analysis of diagnostic reports undertaken by the CJEU to identify instances of professional burnout and the CJEU’s focus on preventive measures, especially the reinforcement of its medical and social workers’ team, the prevention of psychosocial risks in the workplace and the introduction of awareness-raising activities for management on the right to disconnect and the risks of over-performance; encourages the CJEU to maintain focus on this problem in order to prevent any further cases associated with burnout and inform the Parliament of the measures taken in this regard;

    34.  Notes that an administrative enquiry was launched in 2023 on an alleged case of sexual harassment concerning a member of staff and that this case was closed in 2024 with a sanction; expresses concern that a procedure of assistance for alleged harassment concerning a judge was also filed in 2023 but no harassment was established in that case; notes that an interdepartmental working group, established in March 2023, therefore ahead of the ratification of the Council of Europe Convention on preventing and combating violence against women and domestic violence, examined the rules and procedures in place in the CJEU to prevent harassment and made some recommendations with a view to improving these rules and procedures; encourages the CJEU to follow up and continue to show no tolerance for harassment in the workplace by introducing mandatory training on unconscious bias and ethical standards for all judges and senior officials to prevent abuse of power;

    Ethical framework

    35.  Notes with satisfaction that, as requested in previous discharge recommendations, the new code of conduct on the rights and obligations of officials and other servants of the CJEU reflecting the CJEU’s values and commitment to ethics was drawn up in 2023 and adopted in March 2024; notes that the code of conduct includes provisions on conflict of interests, duty of loyalty, duty of confidentiality and discretion, outside activities, occupational activities after leaving the service and publications and also applies to seconded national experts and trainee judges hosted under the European Judicial Training Network; notes that, in 2023, awareness-raising activities and revamped training on the code of conduct were organised for staff and managers, with a particular focus on newcomers; calls for a mandatory training for all staff on a regular basis and asks that Parliament be kept informed about the implementation of the code of conduct;

    36.  Notes that, before the code of conduct entered into force, two potential cases of conflict of interest were declared and handled in accordance with the procedures in place, with the aim of ensuring that the new members of staff concerned were not involved in the management of files that they knew from a previous job;

    37.  Notes that, further to the adoption of the code of conduct for Members and former Members of the CJEU, the declaration of interests of the Members have been published online to avoid any potential conflict of interest in the handling of cases; notes that the CJEU is constantly reassessing its internal rules on this matter with a view to updating those rules and to ensuring the highest possible standards of ethical behaviour; calls on the CJEU to establish an independent ethics committee to oversee compliance with the code of conduct and investigate potential breaches; calls for mandatory annual ethics training for all CJEU personnel, including Judges and Advocates General to preserve the integrity of the CJEU; asks the CJEU to inform Parliament about the results of any further assessment of the effectiveness of that measure aimed at the prevention of conflicts of interest;

    38.  Welcomes the publication of the declarations of interests of the Members of the CJEU but calls for the introduction of a standard pre-appointment screening process to identify and mitigate potential conflicts of interest at an early stage; urges the Council to establish transparent guidelines for Member States when nominating candidates for judicial positions at the CJEU;

    39.  Urges the CJEU to introduce a mandatory recusal policy for judges in cases where they have past professional affiliations with litigants appearing before the CJEU; calls for stricter conflict-of-interest screening for judges and high-ranking staff, including regular updates to financial disclosure requirements; asks for the publication of real-time recusal decisions in cases where judges declare a conflict of interest, ensuring greater transparency in the judicial process and reinforcing public confidence in the impartiality and integrity of the CJEU;

    40.  Notes that in 2023, all Members of the CJEU were resident of Luxembourg in accordance with Article 14 of the Statute;

    41.  Notes that the list of external activities carried out by the Members of both the Court of Justice and the General Court has been published on the CJEU website since 2018; further notes that the list is difficult to read for the general public and recommends its revision to ensure greater clarity and informativeness; notes that the prior authorisation by the general meeting of the Court of Justice or by the plenary conference of the General Court is only granted when the external activity is compatible with the requirements of the code of conduct and with the Members’ obligations to be available for judicial activities; asks the CJEU to inform the discharge authority about any initiatives to improve the readability of the information related to external activities, in line with previous discharge recommendations;

    42.  Notes that the rules governing Members’ travels, missions and use of drivers and cars, as updated in 2021, provide that only the running costs resulting from the car use for purposes related to the execution of a mission order or to the exercise of his or her mandate within a limit of 10 000 km are borne by the CJEU; reiterates its opinion that the use of the car fleet outside of the strict performance of the duties of the Members of the CJEU should not take place under any circumstances, notes that the CJEU reported to be in discussion with other institutions in order to obtain a harmonised set of rules for the use of official vehicles, while respecting the autonomy of each institution; invites all Union institutions to agree on a single system to be applied horizontally, which would reduce the confusion and increase transparency and efficiency in the use of public money; asks the CJEU to keep Parliament informed of any progress in this matter;

    43.  Notes that an OLAF case, referred to in previous discharge resolutions, which dealt with the conduct of a member of staff that might have constituted a serious failure to comply with their obligations, was closed in 2023; notes that the CJEU is not aware of any new OLAF investigation or recommendation in 2023;

    44.  Notes that the CJEU did not report any cases of fraud, corruption or misuse of Union funds in 2023; notes that the CJEU’s anti-fraud strategy is an integral part of its integrated internal control and risk management framework, with a particular focus on the risks of improper disclosure of information;

    Transparency and access to justice for citizens

    45.  Welcomes the CJEU’s engagement to enhance transparency, access to justice and public openness, thus contributing to foster public trust in the Union institutions;

    46.  Notes that, in 2023, the CJEU consolidated the streaming service for hearings of the Court of Justice and of the General Court on the Curia website, thus facilitating the access of citizens to the judicial activities of the CJEU; welcomes the improvement of the CVRIA website, in terms of its structure, functionalities and content; welcomes that the delivery of judgments of the Court of Justice, the reading of opinions of the Advocates General, the hearings of the Grand Chamber and certain hearings of chambers sitting with five Judges have been broadcast live on the Curia website since 2023; calls on the CJEU to further improve transparency by broadcasting all hearings of both the Court of Justice and the General Court on its website and permanently storing them online;

    47.  Welcomes that, further to the reform of its Statute, the CJEU will publish statements of case or written observations lodged in preliminary ruling proceedings after the closure of such proceedings, except in cases of objection to the publication of a person’s statement of case or observation; underlines that such publication will improve transparency and access to justice for citizens and calls on the CJEU to publish all documents related to a file on its website; calls on the CJEU to implement a procedure that could be used by any person to access in house all the documents related to a case;

    48.  Notes that rules on the use of videoconferencing were adopted by the General Court in April 2023 and by the Court of Justice in September 2024, according to which a party may request the use of videoconferencing where security or other serious reasons prevent that party’s representative from participating in a hearing in person;

    49.  Notes that the rules laid down by the CJEU decision of 26 November 2019 concerning public access to documents held by the CJEU in the exercise of its administrative function do not apply to judicial documents for which access is governed by the Rules of Procedure of the Court of Justice or the Rules of Procedure of the General Court; notes that the CJEU registered 21 requests of public access to administrative documents in 2023 and granted access to administrative documents in 12 cases; notes that the European Ombudsman found no instances of maladministration on the part of the CJEU in 2023;

    50.  Invites the CJEU to simplify the process of finding specific rulings on e-curia; welcomes efforts to make the interface more client-friendly and intuitive;

    Digitalisation, cybersecurity and data protection

    51.  Notes that compared to 2022 the budget expenditure increased by 10,9 % for IT projects, by 13 % for IT equipment, by 59 % for cybersecurity projects and by 72 % for cybersecurity services, licences and equipment in 2023;

    52.  Notes that the implementation of major digitalisation projects under the digital transformation strategy remained a priority for the CJEU in 2023, such as the development of the integrated case management system (SIGA), the promotion of the use of the e-Curia application for the lodging and notification of procedural documents by electronic means, the adoption of eSignature and the adoption of HAN/Ares electronic document record and management system; notes that the CJEU tracks the return on investment in digitalisation projects in terms of costs and resources efficiency and asks the CJEU to keep the discharge authority informed of its findings in that area;

    53.  Notes that, as part of its comprehensive initiative to increase accessibility and inclusion for persons with vulnerability, the CJEU has continued to implement the “accessibility by design” approach for any change and evolution of its IT systems; notes that, following an audit of the Curia website, the CJEU started to improve the site’s accessibility to a wide range of users, such as people with visual impairments, hearing impairments or learning disabilities;

    54.  Notes that the CJEU implemented several projects based on artificial intelligence (AI), such as the automation of document analysis for references to applicable legislation and assistance with invoice verification through robotic processes and hearing transcription, in line with its new AI integration strategy adopted in June 2023; underlines that it is of vital importance that AI is used in a manner which fully preserves the independence, the quality and the serenity of the legal processes, is in full consideration of ethical matters and is used under human oversight and allowing human intervention in order to avoid negative consequences or risks, or stop the system if it does not perform as intended; notes that, as part of that strategy, the CJEU set up an AI management board composed of members of the Court of Justice and of the General Court to oversee the ethical aspects of AI use within the CJEU and to set clear boundaries for its application; welcomes the staff guidelines on the use of AI issued by the board; welcomes the initiatives in place to upskill employees in digital competencies through the training path developed in cooperation with the Interinstitutional Committee for Digital Transformation (ETA); emphasises that the digitalisation of justice and the adoption of emerging technologies such as AI will offer significant advantages for the efficient functioning of the CJEU; recommends however that the CJEU anticipate the associated cybersecurity risks and strengthen even more its collaboration with the EU Agency for Cybersecurity and CERT-EU;

    55.  Notes that no EDPS enquiries were communicated to the CJEU in 2023; notes that, in 2023, EDPS had not addressed any specific recommendation to the CJEU following its investigation regarding the use of cloud services by Amazon web services; notes that EDPS published a decision in 2023 confirming compliance of the CJEU’s use of cloud videoconferencing services with data protection law; reiterates however its concerns regarding the use of external cloud services, given the growing threats about cybersecurity and digital sovereignty;

    56.  Welcomes the CJEU adoption of a cyber roadmap in 2023 and strengthening of its cybersecurity operational capabilities to better protect its systems against the increasing number of cyberattacks; underlines furthermore that a robust cybersecurity strategy is an essential tool to fight against foreign interferences aiming to undermine the integrity of the European Institutions; notes that the CJEU has taken various measures to reinforce its cybersecurity preparedness and ability to recover from security incidents, including through its participation in the governance of the Interinstitutional Cybersecurity Board and through a combination of cybersecurity controls and tools in line with the recommendations of CERT-EU; notes that the budgetary authority approved for the financial year 2025 the necessary appropriations for two additional posts in order to reinforce the CJEU’s staff capacities in the field of cybersecurity;

    57.  Welcomes the measures taken, such as cybersecurity audits, staff training and rapid incident response protocols, to protect the CJEU’s technological infrastructure from cyber threats; stresses that the digitisation of justice and the use of new technologies such as artificial intelligence will bring many benefits in terms of the smooth functioning of the CJEU, but also entail risks that the CJEU needs to pre-empt and protect itself against; suggests in this regard that the CJEU develop a cybersecurity strategy and step up collaboration with other Union institutions, in particular ENISA (the EU Agency for Cybersecurity), on the prevention of cyber-attacks, the number and sophistication of which are growing exponentially in Europe;

    58.  Welcomes the initiative to assign fictitious names to anonymised cases, by using a computerised automatic name generator, in order to strengthen the protection of personal data and facilitate the identification of individual cases;

    59.  Notes with satisfaction the amendment to the Rules of Procedure of the General Court, which will clarify and simplify judicial procedures, including the possibility of using videoconferencing for hearings, electronic signature of decisions and the designation of pilot cases;

    Buildings

    60.  Notes that, following-up on the cross services reflection about the most efficient use of the CJEU’s premises, that was concluded in 2023, pilot projects were launched; notes that the results of those projects, together with other factors, such as environmental and budgetary aspects, quality of justice, well-being at work, inclusion, accessibility and the attractiveness of the CJEU, will be taken into account in the final decision on the use of the CJEU’s buildings; asks that Parliament be kept informed about the implementation of those conclusions and the consequences for the organisation of the workspace;

    61.  Notes that, in 2023, the CJEU further pursued its comprehensive initiative to increase accessibility and inclusion for persons with disabilities, with the aim of guaranteeing access to the CJEU, physically or virtually, to all individuals, participants in proceedings and visitors; notes further that, in 2023, the CJEU started to make an inventory of its infrastructure with a view to complying with the new national accessibility legislation as of 1 January 2032; asks that Parliament be kept informed about further initiatives in this area;

    Environment and sustainability

    62.  Notes with satisfaction that, in 2023, the CJEU continued to significantly reduce its energy consumption and carbon footprint compared to 2015, which is the baseline for the implementation of the CJEU’s eco-management and audit scheme strategy, thanks to energy-saving measures and optimisation of its heating, cooling and lighting infrastructures; notes that heating consumption was reduced by 33,5 %, electricity by 28,7 %, water by 20,1 %, office paper by 63 %, office and canteen waste by 43 % and greenhouse gas emissions by 30,2 % in 2023 compared to 2015; welcomes that the CJEU applied green procurement criteria in 10 calls for tender above EUR 60 000; welcomes the CJEU’s commitment to the Eco-Management and Audit Scheme (EMAS); encourages the CJEU to continue its efforts in reducing its environmental impact, with a strategy to reach carbon neutrality by 2035;

    63.  Welcomes that the CJEU has taken several initiatives to support and increase sustainable mobility for its staff and Members, including subsidies for public transportation, subsidies for self-service bicycles, improved bike parking facilities and improved facilities for hybrid and electrical cars;

    Interinstitutional cooperation

    64.  Welcomes the budgetary savings achieved through cooperation with other institutions and in particular the shared applications and hosting services based on service-level agreements with the Commission as well as the participation in interinstitutional procurement procedures, which have allowed the CJEU to optimise costs and resources;

    65.  Welcomes the efforts of the European Judicial Training Network (EJTN) in training national judges on EU law; notes with appreciation that, in line with the CJEU’s declaration entitled “Supporting the EJTN to shape a sustainable European judicial culture”, the CJEU and the EJTN sought to increase the diversity of long-term trainees in 2023, with the aim of ultimately increasing their number to one per Member State; notes that the measures taken have already been successful since the CJEU has trainees from some Member States which previously did not actively participate in the programme; notes that 15 remunerated traineeships were offered for the year 2023-24; calls on the CJEU to further develop its knowledge-sharing initiatives, including joint case-law databases and virtual collaboration platforms to support national courts in complex legal interpretations;

    66.  Emphasises that traineeships should be remunerated in compliance with the European Parliament’s resolution of 14 June 2023 on Quality Traineeships in the Union (2020/2005(INL)), which calls for all internships in Europe to be paid; welcomes that currently all trainees at the CJEU receive a grant during their stay, mainly from the CJEU and, in some specific cases, from other sources; take notes that the CJEU only accepts a few trainees (less than 10 per year) paid by other sources, and for short periods (on average 2 months); welcomes that in such cases, the CJEU administration carefully checks that these trainees receive a grant, allowance or remuneration for this traineeship, paid directly by their employer or academic institution;

    67.  Appreciates that the CJEU fully cooperates with OLAF, the Court, the EDPS and the European Ombudsman; notes that, in 2023, the CJEU has continued to work towards maintaining the established dialogue with national courts, and in particular with the constitutional and supreme courts, and that the CJEU hosted a number of meetings, including the annual meeting of national judges; encourages deeper cooperation between the CJEU and national courts to strengthen uniform application of Union law; recommends establishing a permanent judicial exchange programme for judges from Member States to work alongside their CJEU counterparts, fostering best practices in the interpretation of Union law;

    Communication

    68.  Notes that, in 2023, the CJEU strengthened its efforts to engage with Union citizens by enhancing its outreach on social media; notes that, at the end of 2023, the number of subscribers to the CJEU’s LinkedIn account increased by 32 % and the number of followers on the CJEU’s two accounts on X (formerly Twitter) by 9 %,while the views on its YouTube channel increased by 84,96 % compared to the previous year;

    69.  Welcomes the CJEU’s efforts to enhance strategic communication and transparency towards Union citizens on the judicial activities of the CJEU, especially through the organisation of an open day, the offer for visitors, in particular the special virtual visits, in which 800 students participated in 2023, and the review of the drafting of its press releases and online publications in an accessible style, about matters of media interest or which have an impact on the lives of citizens.

    (1) Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/2019 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 April 2024 amending Protocol No 3 on the Statute of the Court of Justice of the European Union, OJ L, 2024/2019, 12.8.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/2019/oj.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Discharge 2023: EU general budget – European Parliament – P10_TA(2025)0078 – Wednesday, 7 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    The European Parliament,

    –  having regard to the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023(1),

    –  having regard to the consolidated annual accounts of the European Union for the financial year 2023 (COM(2024)0272 – C10‑0068/2024)(2),

    –  having regard to the report on budgetary and financial management for the financial year 2023, Section I – European Parliament(3),

    –  having regard to the Internal Auditor’s annual report for the financial year 2023,

    –  having regard to the Court of Auditors’ annual report on the implementation of the budget for the financial year 2023, together with the institutions’ replies(4),

    –  having regard to the statement of assurance(5) as to the reliability of the accounts and the legality and regularity of the underlying transactions provided by the Court of Auditors for the financial year 2023 pursuant to Article 287 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

    –  having regard to Article 314(10) and Article 318 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2018/1046 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 July 2018 on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union, amending Regulations (EU) No 1296/2013, (EU) No 1301/2013, (EU) No 1303/2013, (EU) No 1304/2013, (EU) No 1309/2013, (EU) No 1316/2013, (EU) No 223/2014, (EU) No 283/2014, and Decision No 541/2014/EU and repealing Regulation (EU, Euratom) No 966/2012(6), and in particular Articles 260, 261 and 262 thereof,

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/2509 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 September 2024 on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union(7), and in particular Articles 266, 267 and 268 thereof,

    –  having regard to the Bureau decision of 10 December 2018 on the Internal Rules on the implementation of the European Parliament’s budget, and in particular Article 34 thereof,

    –  having regard to Rule 102 and Rule 106(3) of, and Annex V to, its Rules of Procedure,

    –  having regard to the opinion of the Committee on Constitutional Affairs,

    –  having regard to the report of the Committee on Budgetary Control (A10-0062/2025),

    A.  whereas the President adopted Parliament’s accounts for the financial year 2023 on 19 June 2024;

    B.  whereas the Secretary-General, as the principal authorising officer by delegation, certified, on 18 June 2024, his reasonable assurance that the resources assigned for Parliament’s budget have been used for their intended purpose, in accordance with the principles of sound financial management and that control procedures established give the necessary guarantees concerning the legality and regularity of the underlying transactions;

    C.  whereas the Court of Auditors stated in its audit that, in its specific assessment of administrative and other expenditure in 2023, it did not identify any serious weaknesses in the annual activity reports of the institutions and bodies it examined as required by Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2018/1046;

    1.  Grants its President discharge in respect of the implementation of the budget of the European Parliament for the financial year 2023;

    2.  Instructs its President to forward this decision to the Council, the Commission and the Court of Auditors, and to arrange for their publication in the Official Journal of the European Union (L series).

    (1) OJ L 58, 23.2.2023, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/budget/2023/1/oj.
    (2) OJ C, C/2024/5462, 10.10.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/5462/oj.
    (3) OJ C, C/2024/3115, 23.5.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/3115/oj.
    (4) OJ C, C/2024/5882, 9.10.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/5882/oj.
    (5) OJ C, C/2024/6041, 10.10.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/6041/oj.
    (6) OJ L 193, 30.7.2018, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2018/1046/oj.
    (7) OJ L, 2024/2509, 26.9.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/2509/oj.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Fischer, Colleagues Reintroduce Bill to Strengthen Farm Safety Net

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Nebraska Deb Fischer
    U.S. Senator Deb Fischer (R-Neb.), a member of the Senate Agriculture Committee, joined her Senate colleagues in reintroducing the Federal Agriculture Risk Management Enhancement and Resilience (FARMER) Act, to strengthen crop insurance and make higher levels of coverage more affordable for producers. U.S. Senator John Hoeven (R-N.D.) sponsored the legislation.
    “For decades, Nebraska’s ag producers have helped feed our nation and the world. As Congress works to pass a Farm Bill, protecting and improving crop insurance for our farmers is one of my top priorities. I am proud to support this legislation to improve the farm safety net, and I look forward to working with Senator Hoeven and our colleagues to get this bill signed into law,” said Fischer.
    “Crop insurance remains the number one risk management tool for our farmers, but it doesn’t provide the kind of affordable coverage options that all producers need. The result has been the repeated need for ad-hoc disaster assistance. Ultimately, producers buying higher levels of coverage will lessen the need for ad-hoc disaster assistance in the future. That means less emergency spending by the federal government, greater certainty for farmers and a more resilient ag economy. Those are wins across the board,” said Hoeven. 
    In addition to Fischer and Hoeven, the legislation is cosponsored by Senate Agriculture Committee Chairman John Boozman (R-Ark.), and U.S. Senators Mitch McConnell (R-Ky), Cindy Hyde-Smith (R-Miss.), Roger Marshall (R-Kan.), Jim Justice (R-W. Va.), Chuck Grassley (R-Iowa), Jerry Moran (R-Kan.), and Joni Ernst (R-Iowa). BACKGROUND:  
    Specifically, the FARMER ACT would:
    Increase premium support for higher levels of crop insurance coverage, which will enhance affordability and reduce the need for future ad-hoc disaster assistance.
    Improve the Supplemental Coverage Option (SCO) by increasing premium support and expanding the coverage level, providing producers with an additional level of protection.
    Direct the Risk Management Agency (RMA) to conduct a study to improve the effectiveness of SCO in large counties.
    Not require producers to choose between purchasing enhanced crop insurance coverage or participating in Agriculture Risk Coverage (ARC) and Price Loss Coverage (PLC) programs, giving them flexibility to make decisions that work best for their operations.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI NGOs: Scotland: ‘Consciously cruel’ – UK social security system is pushing people beyond the brink – new report

    Source: Amnesty International –

    Human rights in the UK in crisis as new report exposes crushing evidence of a social security system ruining lives

    • Discrimination and dehumanisation reported as rife as punitive system drives poverty by policy 

    • ‘I am barely holding on financially. I always feel just one step away from rock bottom’ – Isla

    • ‘Lives are being ruined by a system that is consciously cruel – it erodes dignity by design’– Neil Cowan, Amnesty 

    Amnesty International UK’s new report takes a deep dive into the UK social security system. The unique research is an extensive look through the lens of human rights violations across our basic rights to housing, food, education, healthcare and social security.  

    The evidence delivers damning conclusions on how the system processes, punishes, harms and dehumanises people and fails to meet international legal obligations. Successive UK governments have ignored the UN’s pleas to take urgent action to fix this. 

    Poverty is a visible sign of a failing social security system. When the UK government knowingly makes choices to make poverty worse, it is deliberately violating basic human rights. We have moved from a society that supports people to a punitive system that drives poverty by policy. 

    The rate of poverty in the UK is now higher than at any point in the 21st century. Sixteen million people in the UK are living in families in poverty – almost a quarter of the UK*. Of these, 5.2 million are children, 9.2 million are working-age adults, and 1.5 million are pension-age adults. While poverty rates in Scotland are now marginally lower than in the rest of the UK, 20% of people in Scotland are living in the grip of poverty including almost one in four children. 

    For its report ’Social Insecurity’ Amnesty’s collaborated with over 700 benefit claimants – including 74 claimant interviews in Scotland – and advisors to provide a platform for the people most gravely affected and show how politicians are playing with people’s lives and ignoring our most basic rights. In 2024 86% of low-income families on Universal Credit went without essentials such as heating, food and clothing. 

    With the backdrop of the Spring Statement and devastating disability social security cuts, Amnesty’s report delivers a crushing blow of evidence on the UK’s social security system and political choices that have pushed people into poverty and centres real-life experiences throughout, demonstrating the depth of dehumanisation. 

    Recommendations from the report call for: 

    • System overhaul: A landmark, independent Social Security Commission with statutory powers to overhaul the UK’s broken social security system—rooted in dignity and human rights. 

    •  Urgent protection from harm: The UK Government to urgently reverse harmful social security cuts, sanctions and caps including the two-child limit and ensure upcoming reforms of PIP, ESA and Universal Credit, meet international human rights standards and are shaped by those most affected. 

    •  Legal protections: The UK Government to put in place legal frameworks protecting economic, social and cultural rights to ensure everyone’s basic human rights to food, housing, and dignity are protected in law and prevent failures in social security policy from causing wider harms. 
       


    MIL OSI NGO

  • MIL-OSI Global: Trump’s bid to end birthright citizenship heads to the Supreme Court

    Source: The Conversation – USA – By Jean Lantz Reisz, Clinical Associate Professor of Law, Co-Director, USC Immigration Clinic, University of Southern California

    President Donald Trump’s executive order on birthright citizenship resurrects a dissenting argument in an 1898 case that went before the Supreme Court. iStock/Getty Images Plus

    For more than 150 years, people who were born within U.S. territory automatically received citizenship – regardless of their parents’ immigration status.

    President Donald Trump’s January 2025 executive order on birthright citizenship – stating that children born in the U.S. to parents who are not in the country legally, or who are not permanent residents, cannot receive citizenship – threatens to upend this precedent.

    The Supreme Court is set to hear arguments on the case on May 14, 2025.

    This comes after federal judges in three cases that took place in Maryland, Massachusetts and Washington banned Trump’s order from going into effect, determining that the president cannot change or limit the Constitution by executive order.

    The Trump administration has argued that courts previously did not interpret the 14th Amendment’s citizenship clause correctly. But the administration’s argument in its emergency appeal to the Supreme Court is different. The administration is asking the Supreme Court to narrow the federal judges’ bans on implementing the order so their rulings apply only to the noncitizen plaintiffs named in those specific cases. If the Supreme Court justices agree, that could mean Trump’s executive order could apply to all of the other noncitizens not named in the cases at hand.

    The president has broad powers when enforcing immigration laws and has the most discretion to use this authority when immigration is a national security issue.

    At the same time, as an immigration law scholar, I understand that the president’s immigration power is limited by federal laws and the Constitution. American citizenship is a right that is spelled out in the Constitution – and the Constitution does not give the president the power to change how someone gets citizenship in the country.

    Washington state Attorney General Nick Brown speaks to the media after a federal judge blocked President Donald Trump’s executive order on birthright citizenship on Feb. 6, 2025.
    Jason Redmond/AFP via Getty Images

    What the Constitution says about birthright citizenship

    Ratified in 1868, the 14th Amendment citizenship clause states, “All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States. …”

    There are currently two exceptions to who can receive birthright citizenship: children of war enemies who are occupying the U.S. and children of noncitizens working as foreign diplomats in the U.S.

    Trump’s executive order states there is now a third exception – the child of a mother who is living in the country without legal authorization, or has a temporary visa, if the father is also not a lawful permanent resident or U.S. citizen.

    Since Trump’s Jan. 20 executive order, multiple states, cities, immigration rights organizations and private individuals, including pregnant mothers, have sued Trump. They have also sued the government agencies he instructed to deny citizenship to children born in the U.S. to noncitizens.

    If the president’s executive order were to fully take effect, hundreds of thousands of babies born in the U.S. would be living in the country illegally. They could be deported by the U.S. government and would potentially be stateless, meaning without citizenship in any country.

    If these babies stayed in the U.S., they would also be denied basic rights and privileges given to U.S. citizens, such as government-provided health care insurance and legal identification documents.

    Once these children became adolescents and then adults, they could not receive federal financial aid for education, may not be eligible to legally work and could not vote.

    This would create a vast and indefinitely growing population of noncitizens who are born and raised in the U.S. but do not have the legal right to stay there.

    What led to the 14th Amendment

    In 1868, the required 28 of the then 37 U.S. states ratified the 14th Amendment. This ensured that certain states did not deny citizenship to freed former slaves, who were of African descent and forcibly sent to the U.S., as well as their children.

    About 30 years later, a U.S.-born man of Chinese descent named Wong Kim Ark was returning home to San Francisco after visiting his parents in China. U.S. authorities would not let him leave a steamship docked in the San Francisco harbor and enter the U.S.

    Government officials prevented his entry under the Chinese Exclusion Act of 1882, a discriminatory law that barred Chinese nationals from entering the U.S. and becoming naturalized citizens, among other restrictions.

    Wong argued that he was a U.S. citizen at birth and not barred by the exclusion laws.

    The Supreme Court, albeit not unanimously, decided in 1898 that Wong was a citizen, since he was born in a U.S. territory.

    The Supreme Court noted that the framers of the 14th Amendment relied on the British legal principle of “jus soli,” a Latin term meaning right of soil, to give automatic citizenship to anyone born on U.S. soil. Under jus soli, any person born within the kingdom of the British king was a citizen of that kingdom.

    U.S. courts and lawmakers have similarly interpreted the 14th Amendment to automatically give citizenship to all children born in the U.S., even if their parents are immigrants.

    In 1952, Congress passed the Immigration and Nationality Act, which incorporated language from the 14th Amendment into immigration law. This included the phrase that “any person born in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof” is a “citizen of the United States at birth.”

    The 1952 statute did not exclude children born to immigrants living in the U.S. without legal authorization or immigrants with a temporary visa.

    In 1995, the Office of Legal Counsel for the Department of Justice evaluated proposed federal legislation that would deny birthright citizenship to certain children, based on their parents’ immigration status. The Department of Justice determined the legislation would be “unquestionably unconstitutional” and it did not become law.

    Less than 10 years later, the Supreme Court recognized in 2004 that accused Taliban fighter Yasser Hamdi had certain rights as a U.S. citizen. Hamdi was born in Louisiana to Saudi Arabian parents who had temporary visas.

    Wong Kim Ark was born in the U.S. but denied reentry in 1895 in a case that went to the Supreme Court.
    National Archives/Interim Archives/Getty Images

    Trump’s 14th Amendment claims

    Whether Trump’s executive order ultimately survives depends on how the Supreme Court interprets the phrase “subject to the jurisdiction thereof” in the 14th Amendment.

    The Trump administration argues that this phrase was never meant to include the children of immigrants who were living in the U.S. without legal authorization or with temporary visas. The administration also says the phrase “subject to the jurisdiction thereof” means more than just being born in U.S. territory. It means having undivided sovereign allegiance to the U.S. government.

    The Trump administration argues that U.S.-born children of noncitizens owe allegiance to a different country.

    This is an old argument, based on the dissenting opinion in the Wong Kim Ark case in 1898. The Supreme Court already rejected this argument in that case.

    The courts are following historical precedent

    Three federal judges in the cases before the Supreme Court all determined in 2025 that Trump’s executive order is likely unconstitutional.

    The Washington judge, for example, said in February that the administration was rehashing a century-old losing argument.

    The appellate courts have also denied the government’s requests to change the preliminary injunctions.

    For over a century, the federal government has recognized that nearly every child born in the U.S., regardless of who their parents are, automatically becomes a U.S. citizen.

    Now, the Supreme Court will decide whether there is merit to the Trump administration’s technical argument that the federal judges’ block on its executive order should apply to plaintiffs in the three cases – an option that could permit the executive order to apply to all other noncitizens, even if it is unconstitutional.

    Whether the executive order itself is constitutional would be a question left for a later date. However, that date may come after the executive order causes irreversible damage to U.S. citizens.

    Jean Lantz Reisz does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organization that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Trump’s bid to end birthright citizenship heads to the Supreme Court – https://theconversation.com/trumps-bid-to-end-birthright-citizenship-heads-to-the-supreme-court-248819

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI Russia: Secretary of CPC Central Commission for Discipline Inspection Meets with Cuban Foreign Minister

    Translation. Region: Russian Federal

    Source: People’s Republic of China in Russian – People’s Republic of China in Russian –

    Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

    BEIJING, May 12 (Xinhua) — Li Xi, secretary of the CPC Central Commission for Discipline Inspection, met in Beijing on Monday with Cuban Foreign Minister Bruno Rodriguez Parrilla, who is in China to attend the fourth ministerial meeting of the China-CELAC (Community of Latin American and Caribbean States) Forum.

    As Li Xi, also a member of the Standing Committee of the Politburo of the CPC Central Committee, noted, under the strategic guidance of the two heads of state, the construction of the China-Cuba community of shared future continues to continuously yield new brilliant results.

    He pointed out that this year marks the 65th anniversary of the establishment of China-Cuba diplomatic relations, and China will, as always, firmly support Cuba in advancing along the path of socialist development suited to its national conditions.

    China also hopes to deepen political mutual trust with Cuba, strengthen exchanges and mutual learning, establish closer strategic coordination, and promote the continuous development of the special friendly relationship between the two parties and countries, Li added.

    B.R. Parrilla, for his part, expressed gratitude to China for its enormous support for Cuba’s socio-economic development. He stressed that the Cuban side firmly adheres to the one-China principle and wishes to further deepen the friendly relations between the two countries, as well as promote the development of ties between China and Latin America. –0–

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: Higher Council for Environment and Natural Resourses (HCENR) – Republic of Sudan

    Source: UNISDR Disaster Risk Reduction

    Mission

    The HCENR is the arm of the Council of Ministers of the Government of Sudan responsible for environmental protection and sustainable development of the country’s natural resources. The HCENR is constituted to function as the inter-ministerial government agency coordinating the environmental affairs and sustainable management of natural resources across all sectors of economic and social activities at federal and state levels under the Chairmanship of the Prime Minister.

    The primary mandate of the HCENR is formulation of environmental policies and legislation and strategic planning for conservation and sustainable management of the country’s environmental and natural resources. Its mandate also includes the oversight and facilitation of the implementation and enforcement of the government environmental policies and legislation in coordination with respective executive bodies of the federal and state governments. The HCENR also aims to promote international cooperation and coordinate participation in global environmental conventions and protocols and utilize associated multilateral financing instruments and technology transfer mechanisms.

    DRR activities

    HCENR engages in the following activities:

    • Supporting early warning systems;
    • Developing and promoting risk -informed environment polices;
    • Conducting environmental risk assessment;
    • Documenting and sharing best practices and lessons learned;
    • Reagitating degraded ecosystems;
    • Organizing training workshops and awareness campaigns.

    MIL OSI United Nations News

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: Committee on the Rights of the Child Opens Ninety-Ninth Session, Adopts New Bureau with Sopio Kiladze as Chairperson

    Source: United Nations – Geneva

    The Committee on the Rights of the Child this morning opened its ninety-ninth session, which is being held in Geneva from 12 to 30 May, during which the Committee will review reports on the efforts to adhere to the Convention on the Rights of the Child of Brazil, Indonesia, Iraq, Norway, Qatar and Romania, as well as on Brazil’s efforts to implement the Optional Protocol to the Convention on the sale of children, child prostitution and child pornography.

    In an opening statement, Andrea Ori, Chief, Groups in Focus Section, Human Rights Council and Treaty Mechanisms Division, Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights, and Representative of the Secretary-General, said the Committee’s work was more crucial than ever.  Significant progress in children’s rights, which seemed secure until recently, was now severely disrupted.  Children worldwide were increasingly affected by a convergence of crises, including economic downturns, climate change, public health emergencies, and armed conflicts.

    Mr. Ori warned that the recent global funding crisis exacerbated the situation of children, with a daunting forecast ahead.  The United Nations Children’s Fund had projected that in 2025, at least 14 million children would experience interruptions in vital nutrition support and services due to current and anticipated funding cuts, putting them at increased risk of severe malnutrition and death.  The capacity to vaccinate over 15 million vulnerable children against measles in fragile and conflict-affected countries would also be drastically reduced.

    Considering the troubling outlook for children, Mr. Ori said, there was an urgent need for coordinated global efforts to safeguard children’s rights and ensure their well-being.  Now, more than ever, it was crucial for governments to fulfil their commitments under the Convention on the Rights of the Child.

    Mr. Ori concluded by wishing the Committee all the best for a productive session.

    During the meeting, the Committee elected a new Chair and Bureau.  Sopio Kiladze (Georgia) was elected as Chair, and Cephas Lumina (Zambia), Thuwayba Al Barwani (Oman), Philip D. Jaffe (Switzerland), and Mary Beloff (Argentina) were elected as Vice-Chairs. 

    The Committee also welcomed four new members – Timothy. P.T. Ekesa (Kenya), Mariana Ianachevici (Republic of Moldova), Juliana Scerri Ferrante (Malta), and Zeinebou Taleb Moussa (Mauritania) – and welcomed back Mr. Lumina, who previously served as a member from 2017 to 2021.   They made their solemn declaration. 

    Ms. Kiladze said it was a pleasure and honour to be elected as Chair of the Committee.  She said her election came at a difficult time in which many children around the world were affected by violations of their rights. She said it was vital that the Committee continued to work for the protection of the rights of children everywhere.

    Before adopting the session’s agenda, the Committee also heard statements from representatives of the Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights, United Nations Children’s Fund, Child Rights Connect, and the Secretary of the Committee.

    Summaries of the public meetings of the Committee can be found here, and webcasts of the public meetings can be found here.  The programme of work of the Committee’s ninety-ninth session and other documents related to the session can be found here.

    The Committee will next meet in public at 3 p.m. this afternoon to consider the seventh periodic report of Norway (CRC/C/NOR/7).

    Statements

    ANDREA ORI, Chief, Groups in Focus Section, Human Rights Council and Treaty Mechanisms Division, Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights, and Representative of the Secretary-General, welcomed the four new members of the Committee: Timothy Ekesa (Kenya), Mariana Ianachevici (Republic of Moldova), Juliana Scerri Ferrante (Malta), and Zeinebou Taleb Moussa (Mauritania), and the returning member Cephas Lumina (Zambia).  Each member brought valuable and diverse experiences that would greatly enhance the Committee’s work.  Additionally, he congratulated the members who had been re-elected for another term: Rinchen Chophel (Bhutan); Sopio Kiladze (Georgia); Benyam Dawit Mezmur (Ethiopia); and Benoit Van Keirsbilck (Belgium).

    The Committee’s work was more crucial than ever.  Significant progress in children’s rights, particularly in health and education, which seemed secure until recently, was now severely disrupted.  Children worldwide were increasingly affected by a convergence of crises, including economic downturns, climate change, public health emergencies, and armed conflicts.  The recent global funding crisis exacerbated their situation, with a daunting forecast ahead. 

    The United Nations Children’s Fund had projected that in 2025, at least 14 million children would experience interruptions in vital nutrition support and services due to current and anticipated funding cuts, putting them at increased risk of severe malnutrition and death.  The capacity to vaccinate over 15 million vulnerable children against measles in fragile and conflict-affected countries would be drastically reduced.  Immunisation services, disease surveillance, and outbreak responses in nearly 50 countries were already facing disruptions.

    Mr. Ori said, quoting the High Commissioner for Human Rights, “human rights are like air: we need them to live— but we only notice them when we are suffocating.”  Today, countless children worldwide were suffocating as their rights were denied and overlooked.  Considering the troubling outlook for children, there was an urgent need for coordinated global efforts to safeguard their rights and ensure their well-being. Now, more than ever, it was crucial for governments to fulfil their commitments under the Convention on the Rights of the Child.

    The global funding crisis was also affecting the Committee’s work directly.  Its pre-sessional working group, scheduled to be held after this session, was cancelled as funding was not available.  Altogether, 15 sessions across 10 treaty bodies were at stake, and it was highly likely that, for those treaty bodies with three sessions, the Office of the High Commissioner would not be able to secure the funding to hold the third session.  The lack of predictability and the piecemeal approach with last-minute confirmation created huge uncertainty, led to wasted time and effort, and higher costs.

    The Office of the High Commissioner had received only 73 per cent of its approved regular budget in 2025, and 87 per cent of its approved regular budget in 2024.  As a result, the United Nations Secretariat was implementing a hiring freeze until August 2025.  This would impact on regular budget posts approved to support the treaty body system, which currently could not be filled.  The Secretariat was in a similar situation last year, and this had led to increased backlogs in reviewing State party reports and backlogs in registering and analysing individual communications.

    The United Nations Office at Geneva’s conference services had also adopted cash conservation measures, which would impact on the conference support provided to the United Nations human rights treaty bodies, particularly in terms of documentation, meeting time, and interpretation, with an overall reduction of 10 per cent.  This meant treaty bodies’ mandated activities would be even more affected in 2025 than in 2024, impacting their ability to have dialogues with States parties and to make decisions on individual communications, resulting in further delays and backlogs.  The Office was also forced to significantly reduce treaty body capacity building activities, which provided support for States to report to, and interact with, treaty bodies.

    All this caused real damage to predictability, which was so important for States, civil society organizations and rights-holders to engage with treaty bodies.  Given the overall reduction in funds and availability of support services, “business as usual” would no longer be possible and the treaty bodies needed to plan on doing less with less.

    On a more positive note, the annual meeting of Chairpersons of human rights treaty bodies would be held in Geneva from 2 to 6 June.  The Chairs would dedicate the meeting to the liquidity crisis, which was affecting the very existence of treaty bodies if they could no longer fulfil their mandates, and to discuss what could be done to increase predictability within the current financial and human constraints, including reviewing the decisions and recommendations from their last meeting and their working methods.

    The 2025 full-day meeting on the rights of the child at the Human Rights Council on 13 March, which focused on early childhood development, featured speeches by children and an informal dialogue on the topic between a group of young people, Member States and the High Commissioner.

    The first session of the Open Ended Inter-Governmental Working Group on an Optional Protocol to the Convention on education would be held from 1 to 5 September in Geneva.  The Office was working closely with the sponsors of the resolution to establish the modalities for the process leading up to the first session of the Inter-Governmental Working Group and its programme of work. A call for submissions was issued in March for the attention of States, civil society, United Nations agencies and children, for whom a toolkit for consultations had been prepared.

    In conclusion, Mr. Ori wished the Committee all the best for a productive session, saying that he looked forward to working with the new Chair and Bureau of the Committee for the next two years.

    SOPIO KILADZE, newly elected Committee Chair, said it was a pleasure and honour to be elected as Chair of the Committee.  She said her election came at a difficult time in which many children around the world were affected by violations of their rights.  It was vital that the Committee continued to work for the protection of the rights of children everywhere.

    Regarding the session’s agenda, Ms. Kiladze said that the Committee would hold dialogues to consider the reports of six States parties: Brazil, Indonesia, Iraq, Norway, Qatar and Romania.  The scheduled review of Pakistan was postponed to a later session at the request of the State party.

    During the session, the Committee would continue its discussions on how its cooperation with various relevant bodies could be further strengthened to enhance the promotion and protection of the rights of the child.  It would also discuss the organisation of its future work and consideration of States parties’ reports, focusing on issues related to its methods of work and follow-up to the treaty body strengthening process.

    In addition, the Committee would consider any communication and information it had received through its communication procedure and would continue to consider how to integrate days of general discussion into the process of developing general comments.  The Committee would also continue its work on its new general comment on children’s right to access to justice and to an effective remedy.

    ALLEGRA FRANCHETTI, Secretary of the Committee, said that no reports had been received under the Convention since the last session, with the total number of reports pending consideration remaining at 62.  The total number of ratifications of the Convention remained at 196, while 64 periodic reports were overdue, of which 10 for more than five years and five for more than 10 years.

    There had been one new accession to an Optional Protocol to the Convention since the last session, with Estonia acceding to the Optional Protocol on a communications procedure.  The total number of ratifications of the Optional Protocol to the Convention on the involvement of children in armed conflict remained at 173, while ratifications of the Optional Protocol to the Convention on the sale of children, child prostitution and child pornography remained at 178, and ratifications of the Optional Protocol to the Convention on a communications procedure was now at 53. 

    No new reports had been received under any of the Optional Protocols.  There were 37 initial reports overdue under the Optional Protocol on the involvement of children in armed conflict; and 47 overdue under the Optional Protocol on the sale of children, child prostitution and child pornography.

    Statements by United Nations Bodies and Civil Society Representatives

    Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights said the current global political and financial environment was difficult and complex.

    The Office introduced reports to be presented at the upcoming June session of the Human Rights Council related to children’s rights, including the second report of the High Commissioner on child rights mainstreaming, a report on the use of digital technologies to achieve universal birth registration, and a report on ensuring quality education for children.

    The Office was also preparing a report on the rights of the child and violations of the human rights of children in armed conflicts, which would be presented at the September session of the Human Rights Council, and a report on the safety of the child in the digital environment, which would be presented at the Council in 2026. 

    In addition, the Office had held a capacity-building roundtable with Member States on 5 June on strengthening child participation at the Human Rights Council, and it continued to contribute to the civil society and academia-led process to develop global guidelines on child participation in global events, helping to convene two participatory surveys that had reached over 200 children worldwide.

    The Office encouraged Committee members and other parties to participate in the Fifth World Conference on Justice for Children, to be held in Spain for 2 to 4 June.  The Office would work with the Committee to protect children’s rights in this difficult time.

    United Nations Children’s Fund commended the work of the Committee’s outgoing bureau and expressed its desire to work with the new Bureau and all Committee Experts.  Perhaps more than ever, the Committee was meeting at a time of great constraint for the international human rights system.  It was regrettable that the pre-sessional working group was cancelled. The Fund was discussing with the Committee regarding alternative means of engaging with children and civil society from the countries concerned in preparation for the next session.

    Armed conflicts, climate change, poverty, violence and inequalities, among other trends, continued to deprive millions of children of their rights, and the mere recognition that children had rights continued to be challenged in all parts of the world.  There was a normative pushback against children’s rights at the last Human Rights Council.  Most statements focused exclusively on children’s vulnerability and their right to protection, and did not highlight children’s agency, empowerment and participation.  In negotiations on a resolution on child rights defenders, there was much resistance to attempts to recognise their contributions.

    The Fund had held consultations with more than 7,000 children related to the Committee’s general comment 27 on children’s right to access to justice and to an effective remedy and had worked to develop a child-friendly version of the draft general comment. 

    The Fund had also worked on a child rights training course for its staff and had updated its handbook on the jurisprudence of the Committee.  Later in the year, the Fund would start to develop guidance on general measures of implementation, following the online guidance on children’s rights legislative reform launched last year.

    Child Rights Connect expressed its renewed commitment to supporting the Committee.  It welcomed the holding of the session, despite uncertainty due to the United Nations’ liquidity crisis, and requested the Committee to discuss the organisation of its future work, including how and when it would engage with children and civil society.

    Child Rights Connect raised deep concern about the impact on children of the funding crisis affecting the child rights sector.  Despite these circumstances, it continued to collaborate with stakeholders and carry out its mandate.  It welcomed the development of general comment 27, and had mobilised children and civil society around it, producing a methodology for consulting with children along with supporting child-friendly materials.  It had also recently launched a global survey on the digital protection of child human rights defenders, which collected the opinions and experiences of children who had stood up to protect human rights in the digital space.

    At a time when manifold crises affected children of the world, all persons holding mandates for children needed to strengthen joint efforts and find new ways of working with creativity to better serve children.

    ___________

    Produced by the United Nations Information Service in Geneva for use of the media; 
    not an official record. English and French versions of our releases are different as they are the product of two separate coverage teams that work independently.

     

    CRC25.009E

    MIL OSI United Nations News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Reps. Sherrill and Bacon Introduce Bipartisan Legislation to Protect Firefighters

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congresswoman Mikie Sherrill (NJ-11)

    WASHINGTON, DC — Today, Congresswoman Mikie Sherrill (NJ-11) and Congressman Don Bacon (NE-02) introduced the bipartisan PROTECT Firefighters Act, which will help keep firefighters safe in crisis situations by improving equipment, training, and staffing for departments’ emergency rescue teams. Alongside this legislation, Rep. Sherrill also sent a letter to Speaker Johnson, Leader Jeffries, Appropriations Committee Chair Cole, and Appropriations Committee Ranking Member DeLauro urging them to fully fund firefighter assistance grants and the U.S. Fire Administration. 

    “Firefighters risk their lives to protect our communities, often rushing into danger while others are rushing out. In recent years, we have sadly seen an increase in the number of firefighters killed while on-duty. New Jersey knows that pain all too well. The tragic loss of two Newark firefighters in July 2023 after a major fire at the Port of Newark underscored the need for additional training, equipment, and support. That’s why I was proud to work alongside Rep. Bacon and firefighters across New Jersey to craft legislation that will take concrete steps to ensure our heroes have the resources to do their jobs safely and effectively,” said Rep. Sherrill

    “Our firefighters put their lives on the line every day to keep our communities safe. As a member of the Congressional Fire Services Caucus, I’m co-leading the bipartisan PROTECT Firefighters Act with Rep. Sherrill to ensure these heroes have the proper training, equipment, and resources needed,” said Rep. Bacon. “When responding to emergencies, our firefighters deserve the best possible tools and support for a safe return home to loving families.”

    Sherrill’s legislation has earned the endorsement of the New Jersey Firefighters Mutual Benevolent Association, International Association of Fire Chiefs, and National Fallen Firefighters Foundation.

    “As we continue to advocate for maximum funding of our Congressional grants, we still have gaps to fill,” said Eddie Donnelly, President of the New Jersey Firefighters Mutual Benevolent Association. “In New Jersey, our members are called out daily to support fire suppression efforts in neighboring municipalities. Rapid Intervention Teams are needed and required to be on the scene to assist in the removal of down Firefighters. No one comes to help us – except us. The PROTECT Firefighters Act will provide for a concise study on what is fiscally needed to be sure we have every tool possible to achieve life saving results. It will also take a hard look at the specific challenges of maritime firefighting. New Jersey Firefighters will never forget our brothers in Newark, Augie and Wayne, who made the ultimate sacrifice battling a ship fire in Port Newark. We continue to urge Congress to fund our fiscal priorities and applaud  Congresswoman Sherrill for her continued efforts on behalf of New Jersey’s first responders.”

    “Rapid Intervention Teams are a critical component to keeping firefighters safe during an emergency incident.  We appreciate Congresswoman Sherrill and Congressman Bacon’s commitment to ensuring RITs have the necessary equipment, staffing, and training needed to minimize firefighter risk and injury,” said Victor Stagnaro, CEO of the National Fallen Firefighters Foundation.

    The PROTECT Firefighters Act directs the U.S. Fire Administration to develop a comprehensive strategy to improve equipment, training, and staffing standards for firefighter Rapid Intervention Teams (RITs) – firefighting crews that serve as stand-by rescue teams at the scenes of fires and other emergencies – including RITs that respond to port facility fires.

    The bill also directs the U.S. Fire Administrator to review the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health’s Fire Fighter Fatality Investigation and Prevention Program Line of Duty Death reports and provide recommendations for how Congress can address the specific causes of incidents in which a firefighter was killed in the line of duty.

    Rep. Sherrill’s letter to House leadership urges them to provide maximum funding for firefighter assistance grants and the U.S. Fire Administration in this year’s appropriations process, and to fully fund the recommendations of the U.S. Fire Administration’s strategy required by the PROTECT Firefighters Act. You can read the full letter here, and below.

    Dear Speaker Johnson, Minority Leader Jeffries, Chair Cole, and Ranking Member DeLauro:

    We represent thousands of firefighters who put their lives at risk every day to protect our constituents and communities. During the COVID-19 pandemic, these heroes served on the frontline of the public health emergency and played a crucial role in delivering life-saving assistance to those in need. While important progress has been made in improving the safety of our firefighters over the past four decades, we are alarmed and saddened by the recent increase in deaths in the line of duty. In 2022, 80 firefighters were killed while on-duty, and 73 were killed in 2023 . These are the highest number of deaths since 2013, and two of the three highest years since 2009. In the face of these tragedies, we urge you to provide maximum funding for firefighter assistance grants and the U.S. Fire Administration in this year’s appropriations process and to support the development of a comprehensive strategy by the U.S. Fire Administration to better protect firefighters responding to crisis situations, as laid out in the bipartisan PROTECT Firefighters Act.

    Congress has a critical role to play in ensuring that state and local fire departments have the resources they need to purchase high-quality equipment and safety gear, recruit and retain firefighters to ensure needed staffing levels, and engage in advanced training initiatives. Through FEMA’s Assistance to Firefighters Grants (AFG) and Staffing For Adequate Fire and Emergency Response (SAFER) programs, Congress has provided over $15 billion in life-saving funding to firefighters, including $700 million in FY 2024.  We were very proud to vote for the Fire Grants and Safety Act in May 2024 to reauthorize these critical programs through FY 2028 to ensure that they can keep providing critical equipment and training to our first responders.

    As we’ve met with firefighters throughout our district this year, however, it is clear that fire departments have urgent funding needs that are not being met with current levels of federal assistance. AFG and SAFER each receive grant applications of over $2 billion each per year from fire departments, while combined funding between both programs remains considerably below $1 billion annually.  This deficit means that fire departments nationwide are unable to replace outdated equipment, send their firefighters to advanced training programs, and hire enough employees to meet safe staffing levels.

    In New Jersey, two Newark Fire Division firefighters were killed in the line of duty in July 2023 after a major fire at the Port of Newark.  An investigation of this tragedy by the U.S. Coast Guard revealed that Newark firefighters had not received hands-on shipboard training, even though they are responsible for responding to fires at these facilities if needed. The investigation also found that the radio communications equipment used by the Newark firefighters performed poorly during the port fire response, which resulted in many of the firefighters being unable to communicate with each other adequately during the incident. In addition, the National Transportation Safety Board – in their report released on April 15th – found that a lack of training and familiarity with marine firefighting played a key role in the tragedy.  Our firefighters put their lives on the line every time they enter a burning building or ship, and they should have the best equipment and training available to ensure that they can remain as safe as possible. In our conversations with fire chiefs nationwide, however, cost remains a significant barrier to acquiring these life-saving resources. Local governments have significant fiscal constraints that limit funding opportunities, while the AFG and SAFER programs can fund less than a third of their annual grant requests due to limited federal appropriations.

    Therefore, we strongly urge you to provide the maximum possible funding for the AFG and SAFER programs, as well as the U.S. Fire Administration, in this year’s FY 2026 appropriations process. These critical resources will allow fire departments to invest in the advanced equipment and training that will save lives in crisis situations. Each year, billions of dollars in fire departments’ grant requests remain unmet not because they are unneeded but simply due to a lack of appropriations, and it is critical that we now provide this life-saving assistance to our firefighters.

    Furthermore, we recently introduced the PROTECT Firefighters Act, which would task the U.S. Fire Administration with developing a comprehensive strategy to identify current deficiencies in equipment, training, and staffing standards for firefighter Rapid Intervention Teams (RITs) and provide recommendations for how Congress can address these issues. RITs serve as stand-by teams for the immediate search and rescue of missing, trapped, or injured firefighters and play a crucial role in ensuring the safety of our firefighters. This strategy will allow the U.S. Fire Administration to identify key areas where federal funding is most urgently needed to protect firefighters, with a particular emphasis on tragedies in which a firefighter was killed in the line of duty. In addition, the strategy will help to better coordinate national efforts to equip and train fire departments that respond to maritime fires, which can present unique challenges and risks to firefighters. We urge you to support this critical legislation and to ensure that federal funding is available to implement the equipment, training, and staffing recommendations provided by the U.S. Fire Administration.

    We greatly appreciate the bipartisan work of this Congress to reauthorize the AFG and SAFER programs and to provide critical assistance to firefighters around the country. However, recent events have shown that the federal government must do more to ensure firefighter safety. We now urge Congressional leadership to support the development of a comprehensive strategy to protect firefighters in crisis situations, fully fund the recommendations of this strategy, and provide maximum funding for AFG, SAFER, and the U.S. Fire Administration. We look forward to staying engaged on this issue as Congress develops its appropriations package for FY 2026.

    ###

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Alumni Honored at Inaugural CLAS Awards Ceremony

    Source: US State of Connecticut

    The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences recently celebrated the achievements of six outstanding alumni during its inaugural CLAS Alumni Awards Ceremony.  

    The event brought together faculty, staff, alumni, and family members to honor graduates whose careers reflect the excellence and impact of a liberal arts and sciences education. 

    “Our alumni are among UConn’s greatest ambassadors, and we take immense pride in their accomplishments,” said UConn President Radenka Maric. “These awards in CLAS and across the University reflect the transformative power of a UConn education and the positive impact Huskies make in Connecticut and around the world.” 

    “The launch of our alumni awards program reflects our enduring commitment to celebrating the lifelong impact of a liberal arts education,” said CLAS dean Ofer Harel. 

    With more than 130,000 alumni, CLAS is UConn’s largest and most academically diverse college. The new awards program was created to recognize alumni who exemplify the College’s core values of community, creativity, dedication, diversity, empowerment, and integrity. 

    “These individuals reflect the depth, diversity, and impact of a CLAS education in their work and their lives,” Harel said in his opening remarks. “The awards were established to celebrate individual achievement, but also the power of a liberal arts and sciences education to open doors, fuel ambition, and inspire change.”  

    The winners were honored on April 30 at the Alumni House in Storrs. Their work spans science, policy, media, and the environment. 

    Distinguished Alumni Awards – Social Sciences and Humanities  

    Bryan Pollard ’85 (CLAS) graduated magna cum laude in political science as a UConn Honors Scholar and Phi Beta Kappa member. He earned his JD from Yale and led a 35-year legal career, including roles at Crowell & Moring in Washington, D.C., Day, Berry & Howard in Hartford, CT, and United Technologies Corporation (now RTX Corporation). He has served on multiple nonprofit boards and two terms on Middletown’s Ethics Commission. A Past President of the UConn Alumni Association, he is now serving a second term as Alumni Trustee. In 2021, he and his wife established a UConn CLAS scholarship fund and support the annual Alumni and Student of Color Networking Night.

    Bryan Pollard ’85 (CLAS) received a CLAS Distinguished Alumni Award in the Social Sciences and Humanities. (Photo courtesy of UConn Foundation)

    Mike Soltys ’81 (CLAS) began his career as an intern at ESPN in 1980 and went on to serve in corporate communications for 43 years, including 20 as vice president. He led strategic publicity and issue management for ESPN’s networks and platforms, helped launch ESPN’s corporate blog and media site, and managed major campaigns such as ESPN’s 25th anniversary. He served as a registered lobbyist for Connecticut issues and was ESPN’s longest-serving Editorial Board member. Mike holds a master’s from the University of Hartford and now serves as ESPN Historian. He was recognized in 2024 with a Lifetime Achievement Award from UConn’s Department of Communication. In memory of their parents, Mike and his sisters have established an annual scholarship at UConn for students pursuing careers in athletic communications. 

    Mike Soltys ’81 (CLAS) received a CLAS Distinguished Alumni Award in the Social Sciences and Humanities. (Photo courtesy UConn Foundation)

    Distinguished Alumni Awards – Life and Physical Sciences  

    Kevin Bohacs ’76 (CLAS) is a sedimentary geologist who earned his Ph.D. from MIT and spent over 40 years in industry research, primarily at ExxonMobil. His work has focused on mudstone systems, basin analysis, and Earth systems modeling, with applications on Earth and Mars. He has conducted research in over 40 countries, published more than 100 scientific works, co-authored and edited several books, and is listed as co-inventor on three patents. He has held roles in scientific lecturing and field training, and supports student education through the Earth Sciences Nugget Fund at UConn. 

    Kevin Bohacs ’76 (CLAS) received a CLAS Distinguished Alumni Award in the Life and Physical Sciences. (Photo courtesy UConn Foundation)

    Richard Piacentini MS ’84 (CLAS) is President and CEO of Phipps Conservatory and Botanical Gardens in Pittsburgh, where he has led initiatives in sustainability and regenerative design since 1994. Under his leadership, Phipps Conservatory built the Center for Sustainable Landscapes, which is one of the greenest buildings in the world and produces as much energy and water as it uses. Among other accomplishments, he oversaw the creation of the first LEED certified greenhouse, a zero-energy modular classroom called the Nature Lab, and the highly sustainable Exhibit Staging Center, which meets the highest green building standards. Piacentini holds an MS in Botany from UConn, an MBA from Virginia Commonwealth University, and a BS in Pharmacy from the University of Rhode Island.

    Richard Piacentini MS ’84 (CLAS) received a CLAS Distinguished Alumni Award in the Life and Physical Sciences. (Photo courtesy of UConn Foundation)

    Emerging Leader Award – Humanities and Social Sciences  

    Prabhas KC ’22 (CLAS) At UConn, economics major Prabhas KC served as a Board Member and Student Representative on the Mansfield Downtown Partnership, received the Department of Economics’ Dr. Joseph W. McAnneny, Jr. Award, and delivered the commencement address at his graduation in 2022.  He joined tech firm ServiceNow after graduation and earned the company’s “Hungry and Humble” Award. KC is the self-published author of “Nani, Let’s Count to 10!,” a bestselling bilingual children’s book, and founded Babu’s Books to promote cultural identity among second-generation immigrants through partnerships with schools and nonprofits. 

    Prabhas KC ’22 (CLAS) won the CLAS Emerging Leader Award in the Humanities and Social Sciences. Photo courtesy UConn Foundation.

    Emerging Leader Awards – Life and Physical Sciences 

    Tanisha Williams ’19 Ph.D. is Assistant Professor of Plant Biology at the University of Georgia and Director of the UGA Herbarium. She studies plant conservation, climate change adaptation, and the role of Indigenous knowledge in ecosystem resilience, and her work spans the U.S., South Africa, and Australia. Williams previously held a postdoctoral fellowship at Bucknell University, where she described two new plant species and mentored more than 40 students. A Fulbright Fellow and Alumni Ambassador, she also founded Black Botanists Week and has received honors including the ASPT Peter Raven Award and the Linnaean Society’s Bicentenary Medal. 

    Tanisha Williams ’19 Ph.D. won the CLAS Emerging Leader Award in the Life and Physical Sciences. (Photo courtesy of UConn Foundation)

    Learn more about the CLAS Alumni Awards.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Highlights – The role of cities and regions in the EU Affordable Housing Plan – Special committee on the Housing Crisis in the European Union

    Source: European Parliament

    Presentation of the Committee of Regions opinion: The role of cities and regions in the EU Affordable Housing Plan

    On the afternoon of 14 May, a key presentation will took place on the role of cities and regions in shaping and implementing affordable housing policies across the EU.

    The event featured high-level speakers, including Kata Tüttő, President of the Committee of the Regions (CoR); Jaume Collboni Cuadrado, Mayor of Barcelona and CoR Rapporteur; and the mayors of Rome, Paris, Milan, Athens, and Ghent.

    The hearing was structured around two main panels. In the first, Mr. Collboni presented the key points of the recently adopted CoR Opinion on affordable housing. In the second, the participating mayors shared concrete experiences from their cities, highlighting how local authorities are addressing the housing crisis and expanding access to affordable homes.

    Members reaffirmed their support for the essential role of cities and regions in delivering inclusive, sustainable housing solutions, emphasising that housing must remain a core priority of future EU social and territorial policy.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Hearings – Interference via online platforms, algorithmic manipulation, and effects on democracy – 20-05-2025 – Special committee on the European Democracy Shield

    Source: European Parliament

    A hearing on “Interference using online platforms, the role of algorithmic manipulation, and responsibility and effects of online platforms on democracy” will be held on 20 May. The hearing aims to explore the alarming decline of democracy and the growing threats to media freedom across Europe.

    Media organisations are navigating new challenges such as disinformation, the concentration of media ownership, and political pressures. Experts will analyse not only the state of media resilience in the EU, but also assess relevant existing and planned legislation and policies to further detect possible loopholes, gaps and overlaps in policies on media and information literacy, aiming to strengthen media pluralism, independent journalism and prevent undue influence from both state and corporate powers.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Written question – Compliance with the EU pact on migration and asylum – E-001713/2025

    Source: European Parliament

    Question for written answer  E-001713/2025
    to the Commission
    Rule 144
    Oihane Agirregoitia Martínez (Renew)

    The Pact on Migration and Asylum entered into force on 11 June 2024. However, Member States have until 12 June 2026 to bring their laws into line with the Common Implementation Plan for the Pact, presented by the European Commission on 12 June 2024.

    Spain submitted its National Implementation Plan in December 2024, with the national government affirming that it ‘always works placing human rights centre stage and with the utmost respect for international law’. However, access to this roadmap is restricted, so that it is not possible to cross-check the central government’s approach for implementing the Pact.

    In light of the above:

    • 1.Is it possible to see the National Implementation Plan for the Pact on Migration and Asylum presented by Spain?
    • 2.What progress has Spain made in implementing the Pact, given that it already submitted its National Plan?
    • 3.More specifically, what measures does the Commission intend to take in the event of non-compliance with the solidarity mechanism for fair burden-sharing between Member States?

    Submitted: 29.4.2025

    Last updated: 12 May 2025

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Discharge 2023: European Public Prosecutor’s Office (the ‘EPPO’) – P10_TA(2025)0087 – Wednesday, 7 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    The European Parliament,

    –  having regard to its decision on discharge in respect of the implementation of the budget of the European Public Prosecutor’s Office for the financial year 2023,

    –  having regard to Rule 102 of and Annex V to its Rules of Procedure,

    –  having regard to the opinion of the Committee on Civil Liberties, Justice and Home Affairs,

    –  having regard to the report of the Committee on Budgetary Control (A10-0051/2025),

    A.  whereas the EPPO is the independent public prosecution office of the Union, responsible for investigating and prosecuting crimes against the financial interests of the Union, for significantly enhancing the Union’s capacity to safeguard taxpayer funds, and for bringing to judgment the perpetrators of, and accomplices to, criminal offences provided for in Directive (EU) 2017/1371(1) and indicated by Regulation (EU) 2017/1939(2);

    B.  whereas the competence of the EPPO encompasses several types of fraud, and includes cross-border VAT fraud with a total damage of at least EUR 10 million, money laundering, corruption, organised crime and other offences for which the EPPO performs prosecutorial functions before the competent courts of the participating Member States;

    C.  whereas the EPPO is one of the component of the Union’s anti-fraud architecture and, as such, its actions are coordinated with and complementary to those of the other components of the architecture, to achieve streamlined, efficient coordination that enhances the overall effectiveness of the architecture;

    D.  whereas the EPPO intervenes when national authorities could investigate and prosecute crimes but where the prerogatives of national authorities stop at the borders of their country, and other organisations like Eurojust, OLAF and Europol do not have the necessary powers to carry out the relevant criminal investigations and prosecutions;

    E.  whereas the procedural acts of the EPPO are subject to judicial review by the national courts and the Court of Justice of the European Union (the ‘Court of Justice’) has, by way of preliminary rulings or judicial reviews of those acts, residual power to ensure a consistent application of Union law;

    F.  whereas the EPPO is composed of a central level, with its headquarters in Luxembourg, consisting of the European Chief Prosecutor, 22 European Prosecutors (one per participating Member State), the Administrative Director, and a decentralised, national- level consisting of the European delegated prosecutors (EDPs) in the 22 participating Member States;

    G.  whereas at the central level the European Chief Prosecutor and the 22 European Prosecutors compose the College of the EPPO (the ‘College’) and supervise the investigations and prosecutions carried out by the EDPs at the national level, who operate with complete independence from their national authorities;

    H.  whereas, under Article 93 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939, the EPPO Administrative Director, acting as the authorising officer of the EPPO, is to implement its budget under its own responsibility and within the limits authorised in the budget and shall send each year to the budgetary authority all information relevant to the findings of any evaluation procedures;

    I.  whereas, in accordance with Article 50(2) of the EPPO’s Financial Rules, the Accounting Officer of the Commission is also to act as Accounting Officer of the EPPO and is responsible for the preparation of the annual accounts, which are consolidated with those of the Union;

    J.  whereas, under the current framework, the final annual accounts are scrutinised by the Court of Auditors (the ‘Court’) and it is with the Council to recommend and to the European Parliament to decide whether to grant discharge to EPPO’s Administrative Director in respect of the implementation of the budget for a given financial year;

    K.  whereas the scrutiny over the management of the EPPO resources and related expenditure cannot ignore the examination of operational activities, their consequences and impact and the methods of their execution;

    L.  whereas the EPPO has been operating autonomously in the implementation of its budget only since 24 June 2021 and it has started its operational activities, necessitating continuous evaluation to ensure resources align with operational effectiveness, on 1 June 2021, which is also the dies a quo for the five-year term indicated in Article 119 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 upon reaching which the Commission will have to submit to the European Parliament and to the Council and to national parliaments an evaluation report on the implementation and impact of such Regulation, and on the effectiveness and efficiency of the EPPO and its working practices, together with its conclusions;

    M.  whereas, in accordance with Article 119(2) of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939, the Commission is to submit legislative proposals to the European Parliament and to the Council if it concludes that it is necessary to have additional or more detailed rules on the setting up of the EPPO, its functions or the procedure applicable to its activities, including its cross-border investigations;

    1.  Welcomes the positive opinion of the Court on the reliability of the EPPO’s accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023 and on the legality and regularity of the underlying revenue and payments;

    2.  Recalls the Parliament’s strong support for the establishment of the EPPO; acknowledges the EPPO as an independent Union body; stresses the EPPO’s important role in the protection of the Union’s financial interests and as an essential component of the Union’s anti-fraud architecture and of a wider Union system based on integrity, accountability, transparency and the sound financial management of resources; commends the EPPO for its work in investigating, prosecuting, and ensuring justice for crimes affecting the Union budget, such as fraud, corruption, and cross-border VAT fraud;

    3.  Highlights the critical necessity of promptly dedicating necessary resources to ensure the timely conclusion of the ongoing investigation into the acquisition of the COVID-19 vaccine in the Union, especially considering the substantial public interest in this matter, coupled with the fact that the investigation already commenced in 2022 and to this date no decision has been publicly announced;

    4.  Notes that it is possible to compare only the two most recent budgetary and operational performances of the EPPO, for the period 2022 to 2023, following the EPPO’s financial autonomy in June 2021; observes that, in that context, the budgetary increases related to the EPPO’s activities remain very difficult to estimate because of the EPPO’s recent establishment, the unique characteristics of the EPPO and its main activities, the unpredictable level of fraud detection, the wide variety of its cases, its lack of discretion with regard to pursuing prosecutions coupled with its reliance on the resources and procedural constraints of national judicial systems, the lack of a fixed correlation between the number and the costs of investigations, and the magnitude of the Union’s financial interests that are to be protected; also observes that it is difficult to estimate the expenditure for the caseload related to the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) because of its unprecedented manner of implementation and high volume of resources;

    Budgetary and financial management

    5.  Notes that the overall final budget allocated to the EPPO for 2023 was EUR 65,9 million, substantially increased (by 14,7 %) from the EUR 51,2 million that was allocated in 2022, while the 2021 budget (EUR 26,2 million) related to a period prior to the EPPO’s financial autonomy; observes that the EPPO’s budget includes the reinforcement, granted by the budgetary authority at the request of the EPPO in June 2023, by EUR 500 000 (the request also included human resources related to the essential enhancement of the EPPO’s security capacity, leading to the grant of eight additional establishment plan posts); appreciates that no budget was returned in 2023, compared to 10 % (EUR 5,9 million) of the initial budget in 2022 and 21 % (EUR 9,5 million) in 2021; re-iterates the need for the EPPO to be provided with sufficient resources to adequately fulfil its mandate;

    6.  Welcomes the increasing level of budget implementation, which was 99,6 % in 2023 (compared to 98,1 % in 2022 and 97,4 % in 2021); appreciates that the overall execution rate for payments progressed in 2023 reaching 85,3 % (compared to 76,6 % and 71 % in 2022 and 2021) and the average payment time decreased to 17 days compared to 23,8 in 2022 and 21,0 in 2021); observes that the electronic invoicing module (e-invoicing) was rolled out in June 2023 and it will contribute to further reducing administrative burdens, time-to-payment and the overall processing costs; encourages a further refinement of operational processes to maximise efficiency;

    7.  Understands that, because the budget endowment requests were only partially met, the EPPO focused its financial resources on the intake of additional EDPs, which has an impact on the EPPO’s capacity to lead the increasing number of investigations and prosecutions, on the need to improve the security standing of the organisation and on the maintenance of its case-management System (CMS), which could have negatively affected the management of cross-border investigations; underlines the importance of additional funding and strengthening its staffing to enable the EPPO to effectively combat organised crime, protect the Union’s financial interests, and uphold the rule of law, which are key Union priorities; calls for a dedicated increase in funding within the next Multiannual Financial Framework (MFF) to ensure it can continue to meet its objectives and obligations;

    8.  Is aware that, following the achievement of its financial autonomy, in June 2021, the EPPO prioritised the operational expenditure related to investigation, prosecution and security measures, and that this has resulted in limiting the non-operational expenditure to essential level support services; remarks that, in this context, a total of EUR 28 312 075 was allocated on operational expenditure lines (Title 3), representing 43 % of the EPPO’s final budget 2023 (compared to EUR 21 047 346, which was 41 % in 2022); observes that the main cost drivers for these activities were the EDPs’ remuneration (51 % of the operational activities compared to 42 % in 2022), followed by operational ICT activities like maintenance and development of the EPPO’s CMS (19 % compared to 28 % in 2022), and the linguistic services (translation and interpretation related activities) (14 %, the same as in 2022);

    9.  Notes that the remuneration of the EDPs reached EUR 14,5 million (compared to EUR 8,7 million in 2022), which represents the main operational expenditure because of the increased number of EDPs in place over 2023; welcomes the accession of Poland and Sweden to the EPPO, which was announced in 2024; notes that it did not affect the 2023 expenditure and concerns the 2024 budget only marginally, due to the late and gradual intake of two European Prosecutors and a number of EDPs; understands that a more solid cost estimation will not be possible until 2025; welcomes the inclusion in the programme of the objective of the new Irish Government to join the EPPO; calls on the Hungarian government, as the sole remaining Member State that has not yet joined the EPPO, despite the absence of any legal or constitutional impediment, to join the EPPO without further delay;

    10.  Observes that costs for missions and operational meetings increased further in 2023 (mission costs were EUR 1 175 000 in 2023 and EUR 980 000 in 2022; operational meeting in 2023 were EUR 659 752 compared to EUR 170 000 in 2022), in line with the increasing level of intensity of investigations;

    11.  Is aware that the costs for translation services are expected to further increase, in line with the EPPO’s increasing caseload, and recognises the need for additional resources for translation; welcomes both the internal guidance developed on the use of translation services, with a view to reinforcing control over costs and including the recommendation to use machine translation services whenever possible, and the use of national service providers of the limit allowed by the current Regulation to address the problem; observes, in that regard, that while Article 107 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 provides for translation services required for the administrative functioning of the EPPO at the central level to be provided by the Union’s Translation Centre for the Bodies of the European Union, it also provides for different handling of operational and urgent matters and empowers EDPs to decide on the arrangements for translations for the purpose of investigations in accordance with applicable national law;

    12.  Notes that in 2023 the EPPO signed 234 specific contracts under existing framework contracts, for a total of more than EUR 11 million, with a significant increase in the use of EPPO framework contracts (82 specific contracts for a value of more than EUR 6,5 million) due, to a great extent, to the use of the EPPO’s framework contract for the Provision of Services in the Field of Information Systems; observes that only one contract, concerning the EPPO’s CMS, was awarded via a negotiated procedure without prior publication of a contract notice for reasons of extreme urgency;

    13.  Observes that carry-over of appropriations from the previous exercise in 2022 amounted to EUR 10 969 680 (24,4 % of the EPPO’s 2022 final budget), of which 84,8 % was consumed (EUR 9 307 392) and 15,2 % was cancelled (compared to 21,4 % in 2022) and notes that forecasts indicate another carry-over in 2024, pending completion of the deliverables, for payment appropriations (the carry-over from 2023 to 2024 amounted to EUR 9 392 989); understands that partial cancellation is a consequence of the progressive establishment of the EPPO’s administrative practices following the financial autonomy it achieved in 2021; notes that carry-over appropriations cancelled for approved budgets of 2022 and 2023 could be neither used with existing or new contracts nor synchronised with the principle of annuality, while the planning of the corresponding expenses, mainly related to translation, meetings, missions and external contractors, could not be accurate due to a lack of any historical data and figures and the rapid evolving of the organisation; appreciates that the continuous strengthening of the EPPO’s administrative capacity is progressively addressing those issues and that, while a fully estimation cannot be made in advance because of the nature of the EPPO’s operational activity, the expected level of cancelled appropriations will diminish in 2024;

    14.  Notes that in 2023 two budget transfers were adopted by the European Chief Prosecutor, on a proposal drawn up by the Administrative Director, and that they were notified to the College for information, for a total transferred between titles of EUR 1,2 million;

    15.  Acknowledges the need for adequate budget flexibility, to address unexpected operational needs such as, in 2023, the war in Ukraine, inflationary pressures, or other global challenges and understands that the EPPO made use of its Financial Rules by timely reallocation of appropriations via budget amendments (one in June and one in November) and via budget transfers (one in September and one in December);

    16.  Reiterates its observation on the obsolete 2017 Legislative Financial Statement which is deemed to be no longer fit-for-purpose due to a significantly underestimated workload; recalls its previous resolution, underlining that the absence of a mid-term budgetary review obliges the EPPO to wait until the very end of the budgetary adoption process to have clarity on what resource level it can implement in the subsequent year, and it limits the EPPO’s capacity to anticipate budget implementation preparatory activities as well as the options that should be made available to achieve maximum flexibility in the development of an organisational infrastructure for a project as innovative as the EPPO; notes that this, in particular, affects the early launch of recruitment, delaying the progress towards full occupancy among others and the overall absorption capacity of the EPPO;

    17.  Maintains that the budgetary and human resources allocated to the EPPO are expected to be adequate to allow the efficient and successful carrying out of its mandate and the normal handling of the related administrative procedures; reiterates its call on the Commission to review the EPPO budgetary framework in close cooperation with the EPPO to find adequate ways to support it in its work; calls on the Commission to allocate additional resources, justified by the growing number of complex cases, and emphasises that these should not be dependent on the revision of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 or of the EPPO mandate, but rather on the importance of the fight against organised crime and the protection of the Union’s financial interests in the next MFF;

    18.  Emphasises that the activities of the EPPO contribute to the protection of the Union’s financial interests and are also expected to recover amounts from the Union’s budget that were not used for its intended purpose due to criminal activities; believes that the amounts resulting from seizing and confiscating measures adopted by the EDPs in the Member States could, after the deduction of costs incurred by the Member States’ authorities to implement those measures, flow back into the Union Budget in accordance with Article 38 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939; considers that the potential revenue resulting from seizing and confiscating measures should be accounted for in the Union Budget as non-assigned revenue; calls on the Commission to make the necessary arrangements with the relevant national authorities to allow those amounts to enter into the Union Budget;

    19.  Acknowledges that the EPPO clearly contributes to European added value in terms of coordination and cooperation with the Member States in investigating and prosecuting crimes against the financial interests of the Union and that the EPPO has been achieving the goals set out in Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 in that regard; expects Member States to comply with legal obligations and to report all relevant cases to the EPPO; notes with concern that in several instances Member States have been declaring criminal offences affecting the financial interests of the Union as national cases, which are within the competence of the EPPO; notes that questions of competence between the national authorities and the EDPs have come up in several cases across several countries; is aware that, according to Article 25(6) of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939, cases of disagreement about the EPPO’s competences are to be decided by the same national judicial authority who is responsible for determining the competent body for prosecution at national level; regrets that in many participating Member States the procedures in force and the national authorities entrusted with the decisions on such cases regarding conflicts of competence are not set in compliance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1939, stresses that in cases of conflicts of competence between the EPPO and a national prosecution authority, the national authority competent to decide on the attribution of competence could come to a conclusion without requesting a preliminary ruling of the Court of Justice and could, instead adopt a decision that is binding on the EPPO and points out that this is against the spirit of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939, which provides that, in accordance with Article 267 TFEU, the Court of Justice has jurisdiction to give a preliminary ruling on the interpretation of the provision on conflicts of competence between the EPPO and national authorities; believes that the current situation lacks legal clarity; encourages all Member States to work more closely with the EPPO; emphasises that the competence of the EPPO is clearly outlined in Article 22(1) and (2), and in Article 23 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939, and that all Member States are to comply with that Regulation; notes that when Member States have doubts about the competence of the EPPO in a particular case, there is the possibility of submitting a preliminary question to the Court of Justice for a preliminary ruling pursuant to Article 267 TFEU and Article 42(2), point (c), of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 ; urges the Commission, where there is a breach of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939, to submit the case to the Court of Justice; notes with concern that the question of competence can cause a halt to the investigation; is concerned about potential loss of evidence when cases are paused; calls on the Commission to collect information regarding cases regarding conflicts of competence for the evaluation report that will be submitted in 2026;

    20.  Reiterates that Article 91(6) of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 is to be implemented properly and underlines that the peculiar characteristics of prosecution and investigation expenditure, including the exceptional cases of the EPPO’s operational expenditure governed by that provision, have to be taken into account; understands that, in 2023, a first financing agreement was signed in the framework of a pilot for the reimbursement of claims made under Article 91(6) of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939, to cover exceptionally costly investigation measures carried out at national level on behalf of the EPPO; appreciates that the corresponding payment was audited by the Court during the 2023 audit and was deemed legal and regular;

    Internal management, performance and internal control

    21.  Welcomes that, during 2023, the College met 22 times and adopted 73 decisions, among which are the anti-fraud strategy 2023-2025, the anti-harassment policy for staff and for members of the College or the EDPs;

    22.  Acknowledges that the EPPO continued its efforts to set in place a system to monitor efficiency gains and cost savings, and notes that in 2023 it launched a review of the budget and activities’ strategic and operational planning and monitoring processes and of the recruitment processes, to make gains in speed and acquired competences; points out that, overall, the internal control systems in force are effective;

    23.  Notes that, to further develop the EPPO’s assurance framework, the internal auditor of the EPPO for non-operational matters (IAS) initiated, in 2023, a limited review of the EPPO’s building blocks of assurance; believes that this engagement, scheduled to be finalised during the course of 2024, will provide recommendations to build a stronger capacity for the Authorising Officer to issue a credible declaration of assurance;

    24.  Welcomes the benchmarking exercise carried out by the Internal Audit Capability (IAC) by comparing the deployed human resources of the EPPO with a set of other Union entities and national prosecution offices, against a standardised set of pillars which includes administrative support and operational activities; observes that, in 2023, the IAC tested the internal oversight environment and ran the first internal audit as an analysis of the working environment and internal controls of the EPPO’s decentralised office in Sofia, Bulgaria;

    25.  Reiterates its view that the IAS and the IAC should coordinate their actions with a view to advising and assisting the EPPO in the establishment of its main core processes and the achievement of its objectives;

    26.  Notes that the EPPO has developed its own purchase capacity, resulting from its own specifically run procurement processes launched in 2023, and manages its own specific contracts and order forms with regard to the implementation of existing framework contracts that were signed in 2023; observes that the EPPO continues, in parallel, to operate its purchase capacity through service level agreements with other Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies, and by joining inter-institutional contracts with various market operators;

    27.  Is aware that in 2023 the Administrative Director established the minimum standards (assessment criteria) for each of the 17 internal control principles based on the COSO 2013 Control-Integrated Framework and established by the EPPO Internal Control Framework (ICF) as building blocks of the EPPO internal control system; observes that out of 72 compliance criteria, 51 are observed as fulfilled, 20 have some elements in place but further development is desirable and only in the case of one criterion has no significant implementation has been noted; appreciates that, since its adoption by the College on March 2021, 71 % of the adopted ICF assessment have been successfully implemented whereas additional effort needs to be made for the full implementation of the remaining 29 %;

    28.  Welcomes that, on 1 March 2023, an updated version of the EPPO Anti-Fraud Strategy 2023-2025 was adopted setting the objectives to counter fraud at all levels of the organisation in connection with a dedicated action plan which is part of the EPPO internal control environment and is monitored on a regular basis; appreciates the annual review of the Anti-Fraud Strategy action plan by the EPPO Internal Control Officer, reporting the results of that review to the Administrative Director;

    29.  Is aware that, in line with the EPPO’s financial rules, the EPPO ensures an adequate level of financial transactions and procurement procedures via ex post controls on financial transactions (payments, commitments and recovery orders) and on procurement procedures for the period 1 January to 31 December 2023;

    30.  Observes the increase in crime reports submitted to the EPPO (4 187 in 2023 compared to 3 318 in 2022 and 2 832 in 2021) and, as a result, the increase in open investigations (1 371 in 2023 compared to 865 in 2022 and 567 in 2021) and in the estimation of damage (EUR 19,27 billion in 2023 compared to 14,1 billion in 2022 and 5,4 billion in 2021); remarks that reports from private parties (2 494, which is 29 % more than in 2022) and from national authorities (1 562, which is 24 % more than in 2022) represent the biggest share of operational input received, while regrets that reports from other Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies remained very low (108), suggesting that no significant improvement in terms of detection and reporting was achieved from their side; notes that the number of indictments (139 in 2023 compared to 87 in 2022 and 5 in 2021) together with the freezing orders obtained by the EPPO (EUR 1,5 billion compared to EUR 359,1 million in 2022 and EUR 147 million in 2021) are indicative of the growing performance level of the EPPO;

    31.  Notes that, compared with 2022, the caseload of the EPPO almost doubled in 2023, reaching up to 1 927 active investigations; commends the fruitful activities of the EPPO in 2023, which included 139 indictments, 339 VAT-related cases and over 200 investigations on the implementation of NextGenerationEU; further notes that the EPPO started to bring more perpetrators of Union fraud to justice in front of national courts;

    32.  Notes that, in 2023, 48 cases concluded with a court conviction (compared to 20 cases in 2022) and that EUR 60 million was the amount confiscated (compared to EUR 2 million in 2021); underlines the importance of a systematic reporting on the follow-up to these cases in terms of the financial measures adopted (confiscation and recovery) to get a clearer understanding of the impact of the EPPO’s actions; welcomes the actions undertaken by the EPPO and the Commission to streamline their communications and make them adequate in relation to the needs of possible administrative procedures for the adoption of measures to restore the Union’s budget affected by financial crimes; reiterates its call on the Commission to assist the EPPO in monitoring and follow-up activities, in such a way that the EPPO’s limited resources are not diverted from their investigative and prosecutorial tasks; encourages the EPPO, where possible and appropriate, to engage in better cooperation with other components of the Union’s anti-fraud architecture, such as Eurojust and Europol, or using – via OLAF- the Anti-Fraud Coordination Services established in the Member States to monitor the results of its investigations;

    33.  Underlines the essential role of asset recovery in the creation of a credible deterrent to organised crime; welcomes the EPPO’s participation in international networks to advance its asset recovery operations further; stresses the need for the Commission to invite the EPPO to participate in the newly created cooperation network on asset recovery and confiscation; notes that the timely and effective investigation and prosecution of fraud-related crimes can generate significant savings for the budget of the Union and the budgets of the Member States;

    34.  Is concerned about the increasing number of EPPO investigations regarding the implementation of Recovery and Resilience Plans (RRPs) (there were 233 investigations at the end of 2023, compared to 15 investigations at the end of 2022) and their relevant estimated financial damage (EUR 1,86 billion); is particularly concerned that, despite the high number of investigations, there is currently no obligation on Member States to report RRF cases to the Commission through the Irregularity Management System (IMS); recalls the obligation to report all the cases of fraud affecting RRF to the EPPO and stresses that such cases are also relevant for EDES-related measures; stresses that the EPPO’s workload, initially underestimated, has significantly increased and is expected to continue growing particularly due to the rising number of RRF-related cases and that relevant analyses suggest a possible exponential grow in the number of cases of fraud, corruption, double funding and conflicts of interest in the coming years; calls on the EPPO to systematically analyse and identify fraud patterns in Member States where multiple RRF cases have been detected, and to communicate these patterns to Member States, the Commission and the Recovery and Resilience Task Force, with the objective of enhancing preventative measures to mitigate the risk of fraud; calls on the EPPO, the Commission and OLAF to cooperate closely with the aim of minimising, as much as possible, the impact of such fraudulent misbehaviours on the Union’s budget and safeguarding the achievements of the RRF’s goals; recalls the call on the Commission to provide adequate guidance to the EPPO on how to support and foster the adoption of the remedial measures which follow the EPPO’s independent investigation and prosecution of fraud affecting the RRF and to keep the budgetary authority informed regarding the available options;

    35.  Understands that the EPPO reacted to Parliament’s call for a better monitoring system and enhanced follow-up of investigations and prosecutions by launching a project on digital statistical tools which would allow better use of the data that it processes, and the development of a strategic analysis capacity to identify the patterns of fraud; shares the EPPO’s view that the success of those efforts are directly linked to the available resources and calls on the Commission to take these activities and the related costs into consideration for the future proposals on Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 and on budgetary endowments;

    36.  Appreciates the EPPO’s efforts in the setting up key performance indicators (KPIs) for both operational and administrative activities with specific targets due to its peculiar business model; maintains its remark on the need for operational activities to include reference to the amounts seized, confiscated and eventually recovered to the Union’s budget, the safeguard of which is ultimately the raison d’être of the Union’s anti-fraud architecture of which the EPPO is an important component; understands that monitoring and follow-up action, including reporting on the recovery results, are not in the EPPO’s remit and require resources and specific prerogatives that are not part of the EPPO’s mission; asks the Commission to support the EPPO in identifying indicators linked to the achievement of that essential task, stressing that a better monitoring system, and more data of good granularity and aggregated in cluster per typology of misconduct, sector of interest or geographical area, could allow making more tangible the impact of the EPPO’s investigations and allow the identification of patterns of fraud;

    Human resources, equality and staff well-being

    37.  Observes the upward trend in the number of staff, increasing from 58 in 2020, to 122 in 2021, 217 by the end of 2022 and 238 by the end of 2023; is aware that, for 2023, the EPPO requested from the budgetary authority the suppression of 20 contract agent posts and the creation of 20 temporary agent posts, which was granted and implemented by the EPPO in the same year, resulting in the total number of staff remaining unchanged (248, out of with 171 TAs, 48 CAs and 29 SNEs), with a different allocation of posts (191 TAs, 28 CAs and 29 SNEs); points out, however, that following certain security weaknesses identified, the EPPO requested in May 2023 an amending budget and additional posts to enhance the physical, information and cyber security at central and decentralised levels and that out of 21 security posts identified, only eight posts (1 AD 9, 4 AD 6 and 3 AST 3) were granted in November 2023 for further security implementations which was finalised in 2024;

    38.  Points out that, in 2023, the occupancy rate at the central office was 92,97 %, of which 238 were members of staff compared to 256 budgeted posts; notes that out of 140 posts for the EDPs, 130 were on the post at the end of 2023 and another 10 started at the beginning of 2024, reaching 100 % of occupancy rate; observes that the EPPO reinforced its capacity to run timely and transparent recruitment procedures by concluding 24 selection procedures in 2023, on-boarding 45 statutory staff members and 8 new European Prosecutors while 35 new EDPs were appointed;

    39.  Notes that, by December 2023, staff turnover (TAs and CAs) was at 4,62 %(3), recording a total of 11 resignations throughout the year, mainly justified by leaving to another institution (four cases) and for more senior positions offered in other Union institutions (seven cases); observes that the main underlying cause for this turnover is the specificity of the Luxembourg labour market, which has a very limited talent pool and small offer of specialised skills;

    40.  Acknowledges the Commission’s efforts to satisfy the EPPO’s requests for additional posts; believes that the workload perspectives indicates that further resources are needed, especially considering the backlog and additional RRF-related cases and far-reaching VAT fraud and also considering that the administrative and central support functions are expected to grow, in line with the larger operational population; points out the risk of underestimating needs and capacities; remarks that the cost of interim staff and external service providers working intra-muros in 2023 reached EUR 4 235 242; encourages the Commission and the EPPO to find a sustainable long-term solution which allows for continuity, preserves confidentiality and retains built-in competences; appreciates that the EPPO’s additional operational needs are exhaustively integrated in the EPPO Single Programming Document 2024-2026 and in EPPO budget requests;

    41.  Notes with concern that the Luxembourg labour market is very competitive, that the financial conditions offered by the Union administration are not attractive compared to the local market (subject to diverse salary indexations throughout the year), and do not take due account of the high cost of living in Luxembourg, which has become even more difficult because of the inflation rate and the increased cost of housing; notes that the EPPO cannot offer a career path for its members of staff to become Union Officials and that its posts are therefore even less attractive than those in the four other Union institutions operating from Luxembourg; emphasises that this results either in a very limited number of applications for vacant posts or in the rejection by the selected candidates of the employment offer once received, due to the high cost of living; calls on the EPPO and the Commission to implement measures that enhance the EPPO’s attractiveness for highly skilled professionals with international experience, such as the housing allowance for lower-grade staff approved by the budgetary authority for 2025, as recommended by the High-Level Interinstitutional Group; notes the overrepresentation of certain nationalities among staff;

    42.  Notes that, at the end of 2023, geographical and gender balance was adequately pursued overall across the 238 members of staff (with 137 men and 101 women); maintains that the nationality breakdown of the EPPO population is constantly monitored by those hiring new members of staff, in seeking to ensure balance, especially, in light of the uneven distribution of applicants, and with Italy (34), Romania (33), Greece (26) and Belgium (24) being more represented across the 26 different nationalities; encourages the EPPO to adopt proactive measures to ensure a balanced representation of nationalities among its staff, reflecting the diversity of the participating Member States; expresses concerns over the gender distribution among senior management positions (four men to one woman) and calls for this issue to be addressed in the framework of the overall diversity strategy; calls for the publication of an annual report, disaggregated by gender, nationality, and employment category, including concrete measures to close gaps in recruitment and career advancement and to monitor and address imbalances;

    43.  Is aware that the decision to implement a strategy on Diversity and Inclusion was made in 2023, with the development of the strategy to be executed in the course of 2024; encourages the EPPO to progress with its adoption and to periodically launch surveys among its staff, by promoting peer-review with other components of the Union’s anti-fraud architecture, such as Eurojust, OLAF and Europol; understands that the EPPO’s policy on Diversity & Inclusion will be based on the EU Agencies Network Charter on Diversity & Inclusion, adopted in March 2023, and believes that it will in general encourage diversity to make the workplace more attractive to candidates with specific needs; reiterates its request to the EPPO to adopt its Charter on Diversity and Inclusion without delay, in light of the increase in staff during 2023;

    44.  Remarks that, including TAs, CAs, SNEs and EDPs, 341 out of 396 staff (compared to 275 out of 332 in 2022) were deployed in investigative activities by the end of 2023 (that is 86,10 % compared to 82,83 % in 2022 and 86 % in 2021) while 55 members of staff (compared to 57 in 2022) were engaged in administrative support and control functions;

    45.  Welcomes the appointment of 8 new European Prosecutors and 35 new EDP’s to the EPPO in 2023; reiterates that the EPPO can fulfil its role only if it enjoys full judicial independence, which flows from a merit-based and objective appointment procedure; encourages Member States to contribute to the full independence of the EPPO in that regard;

    46.  Maintains that the appointment of EDPs is a shared responsibility of the EPPO and the Member States; stresses that the appointment procedure must always comply with Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 and the principle of national procedural autonomy;

    47.  Underlines the need for greater career development opportunities for EDPs to attract and retain experienced professionals; calls for improved employment conditions, including a clear career progression path and the standardisation of social security and pension arrangements across participating Member States, ensuring that national salary discrepancies do not deter qualified candidates from applying;

    48.  Appreciates that, in the course of 2023 and beginning 2024, the number of EDPs reached the initially foreseen number of 140; welcomes the decision to align the remuneration of EDPs with that of EU Officials of equivalent level of responsibility, rather than 80 % of the salary of EU Officials, as originally provided for; takes the view that this decision increases the attractiveness of the EDP’s function, paving the way to the recruitment of more experienced national prosecutors whose national salary was higher than the remuneration offered by the EPPO, and in the meantime reduces the administrative burden on the EPPO for the implementation of Article 16(1) of the Conditions of Employment of the EDPs, which provides that, in the case of total net remuneration lower than the national salary, a top-up amount is provided to ensure that the remuneration matches the previous level;

    49.  Underlines that the selection process for European Prosecutors and EDPs is not managed autonomously by the EPPO, because European Prosecutors are nominated by the Member States and then appointed by the European Council, whereas EDPs are nominated by the Member States and appointed by the College; maintains that the application of qualified candidates to the EDP positions could increase and the process could become more selective by adopting a clear career perspective and more favourable administrative discipline on social security and health insurance coverage; reiterates that the creation of a specific status for EDPs would be consistent with the nature of their judicial function and contribute on making those posts more appealing; calls on the Commission to propose adequate solutions in the event of amending Regulation (EU) 2017/1939;

    50.  Understands that each Member State is obliged (under Article 96(6) of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939) to put in place arrangements of legislative or administrative nature to maintain the affiliation and coverage of the EDPs, including any contributions to the relevant national social security, pension and insurance schemes, but a number of Member States have not yet fully complied with this obligation; therefore calls on the Commission to propose an effective solution to the social security and health insurance coverage gap of the EDPs at the revision of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939;

    51.  Notes that five complaints about the appointment of EDPs were introduced before the Court of Justice until 2023, of which three were closed (either dismissed or withdrawn) and one was dismissed, but an appeal is currently pending before the Court of Justice, and the last action for annulment of the decision of the College rejecting the nomination as EDP of a person nominated by a Member State was admitted in July 2024 on the grounds of a lack of sufficient reasoning in the College’s decision and an analysis is on-going on the manner in which the annulment is to be implemented; observes that there are no new complaints before the General Court concerning appointments to the EPPO;

    52.  Notes that the EPPO’s learning and development strategy was launched in 2023, aiming to promote a culture of continuous learning and facilitate the continuous assessment and adaptation of the staff’s evolving learning needs, together with the pilot learning needs analysis;

    53.  Notes, as regards measures and policies in place to safeguard the physical and mental well-being of staff, that in 2023 all measures were subject to revision and consultation by all involved stakeholders (the staff committee, members of staff in general, and management), seeking to find a balance between expectations and reality of the EPPO as a growing and rapidly changing organisation; observes that there the EPPO operates a flexitime scheme and a work-from-home standard scheme, which provides for one day of telework per week as a basis and a maximum of three days per week, plus extensions accepted in light of serious health or family constraints; remarks that current framework also includes 10 days’ work from outside the place of employment in a given year, to be used without link to other days of leave; believes that the EPPO’s current working conditions allow staff to take advantage of digital solutions by integrating a good level of autonomy in the management of working patterns, facilitating the conciliation of private and work life and promoting team morale and spirit; welcomes the on-going development of a policy on well-being which shall contain a section on well-being for staff benefiting from telework;

    54.  Highlights that, as suggested by Parliament, in the second semester of 2023 an open consultation on flexible working arrangements took place, and the decisions adopted in 2021 and 2022 underwent an ex post revision; notes that in consideration of the input of all stakeholders, on December 2023 the Administrative Director incorporated updates to the provisions; notes that changes included the enlargement of the notion of ‘place of telework’ (from 2 to 2,5 hours’ time/distance radius around the EPPO’s central office), and the introduction of hybrid working arrangements for interim agency staff; observes that no further change was adopted by College decisions, taking into account that the Administrative Director decisions had already enacted the conclusions of the staff consultations;

    55.  Notes that, following Parliament’s calls, a staff satisfaction (engagement) survey is planned in the first quarter of 2025; understands that the EPPO’s staff committee has also run a staff priorities survey, and encourages a more intensive dialogue to enhance the work-life conditions;

    56.  Welcomes that no case of burnout or harassment have been reported and that the number of long-term sick leave is very limited; welcomes the EPPO’s awareness of its duty to ensure promotion and preservation of health and wellbeing across staff, as well as the monitoring practices to earn such understanding which take into account untaken annual leave, the carry-over of annual leave and absences, the number of staff on long-term sick leave and the length of the absences; recalls the importance of establishing a clear and structured procedure for reporting cases of harassment by the European Chief Prosecutor and by the European Prosecutors, as well as its divulgation to all the staff;

    57.  Observes that, in early 2023, the EPPO’s central office carried out a traineeship pilot and the EPPO legal service sector hosted two trainees followed by two more in March and September 2023 for remunerated, in-person, five-month traineeships; notes that, based on the positive conclusions of the pilot, a traineeship policy was drafted and has been approved in 2024, followed by a first cycle of effective trainees the same year; welcomes the initiative to launch an experimental relationship-building with the local university and if successful, calls for its expansion to additional universities across the EU, which could offer interesting perspectives to further develop the early talent programmes for diversity; stresses that the high cost of living in Luxembourg poses a considerable obstacle for potential trainees; emphasizes that traineeships should be remunerated in compliance with the European Parliament’s resolution of 14 June 2023 with recommendations to the Commission on quality traineeships in the Union (2020/2005(INL)), which calls for all internships in the Union to be paid;

    58.  Welcomes the intense activity of the staff committee, the final adoption of its internal rules of procedure, the launch of the first staff committee open day, the launch of the first EPPO-wide staff survey, the participation of its representatives in the selection procedures, the retroactive revision of all general implementing provisions adopted by the EPPO before the establishment of the staff committee, the submission of input on internal reorganisation, working time and hybrid working, implementing rules and the improvement of working conditions;

    59.  Understands that the EPPO is progressing towards the finalisation of a business continuity plan, which is included in the Union’s administration management standards, and urges the EPPO to adopt it without further delay;

    Ethical framework and transparency

    60.  Understands that the EPPO’s ethical framework is being gradually built up; observes that the core values of that ethical framework are clearly set out in codes of conduct, which outline the standards of behaviour expected of employees at all levels; also observes that the ethical framework depends on the EPPO’s code of good administrative behaviour, its anti-fraud strategy and a training programme on ethics, which encompasses harassment, whistleblowing, the prevention of conflicts of interest and other ethical issues; regrets that members of staff of the EPPO are not required to attend that training programme, which would ensure a consistent understanding and application of the EPPO’s codes of conduct; calls on the EPPO to remedy the situation;

    61.  Notes the EPPO’s engagement in awareness-raising actions among staff about ethical framework and related matters; encourages the EPPO to make mandatory the attendance of such sessions by European Prosecutors and EDPs at their taking over of duties; believes that internal dialogue needs to be intensified;

    62.  Notes that no effective cases of conflict of interest were detected in 2023; is aware that dedicated conflict of interest declaration forms have been established and conflict of interest rules are in force for the members of College, the EDPs, the members of staff of the operational units, and other sensitive posts; welcomes the ongoing development of a structured conflict of interest policy and calls on the EPPO to finalise its adoption; calls for the implementation of a mandatory annual refreshment of an ethics and integrity training course for all EPPO personnel;

    63.  Urges the EPPO to enhance its internal integrity framework by mandating public disclosure of all financial interests and external activities of senior officials, including members of the College; calls for a periodic audit of these disclosures to identify and mitigate potential risks of undue influence;

    64.  Understands that the EPPO seeks to prevent revolving doors in particular by endorsing the strict application of the provisions of the Staff Regulations, which are set out in all contracts of the EPPO, including ad hoc exit forms that indicate the obligations that apply after termination of engagement; welcomes in this regard the adoption, in 2023, of the Guidelines for the EPPO Staff on Outside Activities and Assignments, which apply to activities that are not considered to relate to hobbies of leisure activities outside the remit of the EPPO;

    65.  Calls for the introduction of a more robust revolving door policy, including an extended cooling-off period of at least two years for senior EPPO officials before they can engage in private-sector employment related to EPPO investigations; requests that the EPPO conducts an annual review of compliance with these post-employment restrictions;

    66.  Calls the EPPO to adopt a dedicated whistleblowing and anti-retaliation procedure to integrate the implementing rules to the Staff Regulations adopted by the College (College Decision 2021/077 laying down guidelines on whistleblowing applicable within the EPPO) and to accompany Article 45.12 of the EPPO Financial Rules (establishing the actions to be undertaken in the circumstances) in order to ensure a safe and protected workplace; welcomes the initiative of intensifying internal communication on the first network of confidential counsellors and on the anti-harassment provisions and to all National European Delegated Prosecutors’ Assistants (NEDPAs) on whistleblowing mechanism for breaches against the EPPO mandate;

    Digitalisation, Cybersecurity and data protection

    67.  Deplores the situation of the EPPO in the area of its IT autonomy, which is adversely affected by the decision of the Commission’s Directorate-General for Digital Services (‘DG Digital Services’, formerly DIGIT) to discontinue the provision of digital workplace services; points out that EPPO IT autonomy requires additional human and financial resources which so far have not been granted because of the limitation imposed by the overall available budgetary resources in the concerned lines; regrets that, on grounds of the risks to its operational activities, the EPPO had to establish its own digital service capacity to accommodate the additional human resources that it was granted in light of the participation of Poland and Sweden;

    68.  Notes that the EPPO’s initial approach was to prioritise resources on the setting and working of essential digital services linked to its operational activities, such as its case-management system, while acknowledging that the EPPO’s digital services, which, at least in part, diverge from those of the Commission, would have needed, in the mid-term, a tailored approach; observes that the interruption of service by the Commission occurs in the crucial phase of the consolidation of the EPPO’s establishment;

    69.  Understands that, in 2023, the EPPO’s IT, Security and Corporate Services unit continued the implementation of two major programmes: the IT Autonomy Programme, to offer a complete catalogue of administrative IT services fully managed internally, and the EPPO’s CMS programme, to further develop the digitalisation of the organisation in its core business area; acknowledges that in 2023 the EPPO continued to prepare to gradually transition from a digital workplace provided by DG Digital Services to an EPPO-owned and operated solution; is aware that the resources needed to implement this change, although were included in the EPPO’s budget request for 2023, were not granted by the budgetary authority; notes that following DG Digital Service’s announcement, the EPPO started negotiation to seek a solution which has not yet been achieved;

    70.  Appreciates that Commission has temporarily extended the provision of IT services until June 2025 but maintains that the outsourcing of those services is a suboptimal solution in the current situation; understands that not only security and confidentiality-related arguments, but also purely financial aspects, suggest to reconsider the decision, because the outsourcing would appear much more costly than the in-house solution, and the adoption of the latter, after DG Digital Services cease providing their services, would be managed by the EPPO; stresses that, to implement the preferable in-house solution, the complex administrative aspects, the EPPO lack of experience and the de-centralised configuration of the EPPO with EDPs and NEDPAs in several locations across the Union, will require a more relevant budget and a lengthy transition period;

    71.  Reiterates its call on DG Digital Services to not interrupt its support to the EPPO until such a time as the EPPO has its own reliable IT system; deems it to be essential to avoid loss of data and to keep the EPPO fully operational in the transition between IT services providers; maintains that clear communication and operational coordination on the transition is to be ensured involving the highest decision-making levels of the Commission and the EPPO; asks the Commission and the EPPO to agree upon a gradual passage of competences for a smooth and continuous transition in the period after the extension, which could be extended beyond June 2025;

    72.  Observes that EPPO’s requests for permanent additional posts to fill the gap stemming from the discontinuation of DG Digital Services were refused, in January 2023, when EPPO requested 45 establishment plan, and at the end of February 2024, when a request for an amending budget 2024 for EUR 2,98 million and 37 established plan posts was also rejected; notes that the solution of recruiting intra-muros contractors could be a part of an interim solution to address DG Digital Service’s discontinuation, but while that approach would offer immediate operational continuity, it should not be conceived as a definitive solution for the EPPO, taking into account the extremely sensitive nature of its activities and the need to ensure continuity and reliability of its digital services, as well as the highest level of security of its IT infrastructure, systems and equipment; shares the view that the rejection of the EPPO’s budgetary requests is indicative of differences in the assessment of the problem, which has an adverse impact on the EPPO’s operational activities and represents a potential reputational risk for the Union in the case it results in weakening the EPPO’s operational capacity;

    73.  Understands that each EDP has to use any national and the EPPO’s CMS, which are different data bases governed by different access rights; believes that this situation increases the daily complexity in the data management; is also aware that to make it possible the processing and exchange of information between the central services of the EDPs and the EPPO, all the casefiles need to be digitalised by the EDPs using national digital tools and in compliance with national law; appreciates, in this regard, the formal creation of the NEDPA status in the official organisation chart which allows granting access to NEDPAs (staff of the national office) directly to the EPPO’s CMS, like that unburdening the EDPs of administrative tasks and creating the basis for more accuracy and consistency of case data between the two case-management systems; takes the view that the way towards integration between the EPPO’s CMS and national case-management systems would be facilitated by appropriate revision of regulation and that these steps would increase the effectiveness of EPPO investigations; notes, however, that such integration could be primarily a matter of compatible technological solutions used in the different Member States and linked to the actual level of digitalisation of judiciary proceedings in those Member States; observes that the burden of the inherent costs is currently shared, with the national budget covering the costs of the equipment needed for interaction with the national case-management systems, and the EPPO budget covering hardware and the setting of a digital working environment that is secured to the same standard as EPPO central office staff and which is considered part of the operational communication costs provided for by Regulation (EU) 2017/1939;

    74.  Understands that interoperability is material to achieving efficient data exchange and cooperation and that in order to adopt minimum common data exchange agreements and the implementation of judicial interoperability tools, an e-CODEX EPPO Use Case Project, initiated in 2023, involved several workshops with the e-CODEX Consortium to align on technical and functional requirements; regrets that, after several workshops with e-CODEX Consortium, the project was paused to allow the transition to the new e-CODEX programme manager, eu-LISA, and due to lack of EPPO resources with expertise in this area; calls on the Commission to act as a facilitator for further progressing in the project and to factor also those actions in the EPPO’s budgetary needs estimate;

    75.  Is aware of the increased threat to the EPPO’s IT structural integrity stemming from the aggressiveness of organised crime, combatted by the EPPO, and resulting in the need to step up physical and digital security; notes that in 2023 the EPPO focused on enhancing its security governance; appreciates the EPPO decision to create a dedicated unit to address cyber and physical security; observes that the EPPO prepared a framework including new processes, roles and responsibilities and policies to increase the security of the digital systems used for the handling of operational and administrative data; understands that several risk assessments were carried out to assess the security framework of the digital systems which suggested the implementation of additional technical and governance measures to enhance the EPPO’s security environment; remarks that the policy framework was improved in the circumstance, with a security strategy and global information security policy proposed in 2023 and formally approved and adopted in 2024;

    76.  Observes that the EPPO completed, in 2023, the set-up of security contact points in all participating Member States to enhance cooperation on security matters for staff and EPPO offices located in those Member States; welcomes the service level agreement is in place with CERT-EU that provides support and monitoring for specific services for incident response-related matters; underlines that the deployed system to assess risk and to report incidents is well structured and training is provided effectively; appreciates the external assessment performed for physical security whose findings translated in a roadmap for improvement by the host country;

    77.  Praises the significant progress made in 2023 towards the implementation of a backup data centre and the deployment of an associated disaster recovery scenario; appreciates, in that regard, the EPPO’s development of its own case-management ecosystem the components of which are all hosted in the EPPO data centre and managed by the EPPO’s staff, guaranteeing the EPPO control, retention and ownership of systems and data processed;

    78.  Acknowledges the EPPO’s need for up-to-date equipment and IT systems to deal with increasingly complicated crimes frequently involving digital elements and digital methodologies; stresses as well the urgency of developing a strong cybersecurity framework, given the growing risks posed by highly tech-savvy criminal networks and potential foreign interferences, through cyberattacks; supports the EPPO in its request for resources to be allocated to protecting its cybersecurity and calls for the swift implementation of a robust cybersecurity strategy to safeguard EPPO’s operations and data integrity;

    79.  Stresses that the nature of the EPPO’s activities entails the need for specific oversight and dedicated attention to the protection of personal data; takes the view that the EPPO and the EDPS should engage in continuous dialogue to ensure the usability of the data for the investigation and prosecution and, at the same time, ensure respect for the protection of personal data; understands that the requirements relating to data protection handling stems from Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 and from Regulation (EU) 2018/1725(4) and that those requirements are complemented and implemented by College decisions, adopted after consulting the EDPS; appreciates the decision to provide mandatory training for all members of staff, including dedicated data protection training essential to the access to the EPPO’s CMS;

    Buildings and security

    80.  Observes that, thanks to the lease agreement by which Luxembourg authorities provide the building currently hosting the EPPO’s headquarters (the TOB building) on a rent-free basis, the costs are limited to a service charge fee of EUR 716 724 per year; notes that, in 2023, EUR 248 103 was paid to the same Luxembourg authorities for security installations in the two additional floors (9 and 10) delivered to the EPPO in Q1 2023;

    81.  Welcomes, having regard to physical security, the allocation – with amending budget 2023 and the budget 2024 – of the resources needed to have a proportionate capacity to deliver enhanced security services (21 additional posts to enhance its security capability) and the EPPO’s efforts towards the continuous improvement and efficiency alignment of the physical security processes; maintains the proper functioning of the EPPO implies that prosecutors and staff have to be protected to be able to pursue their mission to its full extent, without threats, influence or pressure;

    Environment and sustainability

    82.  Believes that the Luxembourg authorities providing the EPPO’s headquarters should consider their sustainability and energetic performance; calls on the EPPO to engage in discussions with the Luxembourg authorities to explore specific actions for improving the environmental footprint of its premises, including the installation of renewable energy sources such as solar panels, the introduction of CO2 offsetting measures and implementation of the Eco-Management and Audit Scheme to evaluate, report, enhance organisations’ environmental performance and to save energy; calls on the Commission to facilitate dialogue between the EPPO and the local host authorities to ensure the optimal use of resources and the alignment of EPPO’s operations with the Union’s sustainability;

    83.  Notes that the EPPO’s central office is integrated in the Luxembourg network of free public transport making it easily reachable through low environmental impact means, at no cost for staff and visitors and that the central office underground car park provides a dedicated zone for bike parking; understands that exchanges are ongoing concerning the installation of charging stations for e-vehicles in the same underground car park;

    Interinstitutional cooperation

    84.  Maintains that the EPPO’s role as a major operational component of the Union’s anti-fraud architecture can be effectively pursued only with intense cooperation with and support from its partners and stakeholders; reiterates that the EPPO can fulfil its role only if it enjoys full judicial independence; encourages Member States to contribute to the full independence of the EPPO in that regard and encourages the EPPO to continue its communication and coordination efforts with the several partners whose action has been designed to be reciprocal and complementary;

    85.  Welcomes the initiatives launched by OLAF and the EPPO to intensify and streamline their operational cooperation and share knowledge amongst the involved actors; appreciates the first international conference allowing exchange of views between EPPO prosecutors and OLAF investigators, hosted by Parliament in 2024; emphasises that the revision of the regulatory frameworks of OLAF and EPPO provides the opportunity to reconsider many aspects of their working together in the light of the experiences earned in those first years of EPPO operational activity, having specific regard to the opening of complementary OLAF investigations and administrative investigations in support of the EPPO, as well as OLAF’s increased role in detecting and reporting fraud to the EPPO in support of the recovery of the damage to the Union budget; believes that the dialogue and cooperation within the antifraud architecture could be made more effective by the setting of a regular inter-institutional forum with a view to optimising the efficiency and efficacy of the available resources in action;

    86.  Welcomes the initiatives launched by OLAF and the EPPO to intensify operational dialogue and improve coordination; underlines the importance of full and effective data-sharing between the EPPO, OLAF, Eurojust, and Europol to ensure seamless cooperation in the fight against cross-border fraud; calls for the establishment of a joint working group to oversee data integration and case management efficiency among these bodies;

    87.  Encourages continued and enhanced cooperation between the EPPO and OLAF, in line with their respective regulations, and the obligation on OLAF to report, without undue delay, suspicions of criminal contact to the EPPO, in order to enable it to tackle fraud, corruption and financial crime affecting the Union’s financial interests; supports the further development of joint initiatives, information sharing and coordinated actions between the EPPO and OLAF, as such cooperation is vital in strengthening the protection of the Union’s financial interests and the Union’s fight against financial crime and to ensuring the effective and efficient use of Union resources;

    88.  Commends the close cooperation in 2023 between the EPPO and the Court of Auditors, resulting in the timely transmission of information on suspicions of criminal offences falling within the EPPO’s competences;

    89.  Expects that the working group established with the Commission, and the meetings on the implementation of the Commission-EPPO Working Arrangement, will ensure that EPPO notifications for the purpose of administrative recovery, as provided for by Article 103(2), point (c), of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 will duly and effectively enable the Commission to maximise recovery to the Union budget, while complying with the confidentiality and proper conduct of the investigative actions; stresses that, in this specific regard, no feedback has been yet provided by either party, preventing the legislators from earning a comprehensive understanding of the underlying issues, including the specific amounts recovered annually by the Commission from Member States in cases of damage to the Union budget; highlights that the recovery of funds by national authorities remains under the Commission’s responsibility, as mentioned in the Mission Letter to the Commissioner for Budget, Anti-Fraud and Public Administration, while the EPPO does not hold a mandate to follow up on the recovery process; calls on the Member States to strengthen cooperation and inform both the Commission and the EPPO of final confiscations; urges a revision of the relevant Regulations to clarify the EPPO’s role in the recovery process; and urges the EPPO and the Commission to adopt an agreed upon form of reporting to Parliament; understands that this could require appropriate development of the EPPO’s CMS, and asks the Commission to prioritise the allocation of resources to the EPPO to meet that need;

    90.  Welcomes the strengthened cooperation with Europol; observes that the ODIN (Operational Digital Infrastructure Network) programme would enable the full exploitation of the amount of data collected by the EPPO in its investigations (more than 1000 terabytes and growing); notes that, in that framework, the EPPO has identified possible crimes outside its competences, including organised crime, drug trafficking, illicit cigarette production, investment fraud, illegal gambling and prostitution (non-PIF offences), and others which have resulted in the transmission of several files as key evidence to ongoing national investigations and that 28 new cases have been initiated by national prosecution offices to further investigate those non-PIF offences, which are outside the EPPO’s remit; understands that for this and other analyses, however, cooperation with Europol suffers from limitations stemming from national procedural criminal law and accessibility of the EPPO data owned; underlines that the EPPO’s existing competence to investigate organised crime and money laundering linked to fraud affecting the Union’s financial interests should be supported through adequate resources and efficient cooperation with Europol; considers that while cooperation with Europol needs to be even further enhanced, it cannot fully substitute the development of the EPPO’s internal analytical platform, which remains vital to a fast interpretation of the data collected during its investigations and the setting of operational strategies in cross-border cases requiring access to the EPPO’s entire CMS; recalls that, in its upcoming evaluation report, the Commission should carefully analyse to which categories of crimes the EPPO’s mandate needs to be extended, in order to take full advantage of its potential; welcomes the EPPO’s call for enhanced cooperation with Union institutions;

    91.  Is concerned about the increasing number of cases concerning the RRF; appreciates the timely information provided to the Commission and to the relevant Parliament Committees on this matter; believes that the large number of active cases involving RRF funds justifies an intensification of the exchanges held with, in particular, the Recovery and Resilience Task Force, with the aim of identifying possible oversight or control gaps or fraud patterns and to allow the Commission to keep up to date its performance monitoring mechanisms and to enforce the reduction and recovery measures recently designed; reiterates that RRF funds are Union and not national funds and are under the jurisdiction of the EPPO and encourages the Commission and other Union’s bodies and authorities to increase the detection efforts and report to the EPPO every relevant situation;

    92.  Welcomes that the EPPO signed Working Arrangement with Parliament in November 2024, establishing clear modalities of cooperation for the purpose of protecting the Union’s financial interests;

    93.  Notes that, in 2023, the EPPO continued to rely on inter-institutional contracts and bilateral agreements (SLAs) to purchase goods and services at a lower cost; observes that, at the end of 2023, the EPPO had 80 active membership in inter-institutional framework contracts and 22 service-level agreement or other bilateral agreements with other Union’s entities with the aim of maximising budgetary savings from the contractual instruments in place, in line with the principles of sound financial management;

    94.  Strongly welcomes the participation of Poland and Sweden in the EPPO; is aware that this will have an impact on the EPPO’s budgetary needs, and supports the EPPO’s request which aims to equip the EPPO with the necessary resources to take advantage of the participation of Poland and Sweden to its operational activities; notes that while Ireland and Denmark continue to exercise their opt-out from the EPPO under Protocols No 21 and 22 TFEU, Hungary is the sole remaining Member State that has not yet joined the EPPO; calls on the Hungarian government to join the EPPO without further delay; recalls the collection of 680 000 signatures in favour of joining the EPPO, underscoring a strong societal demand for enhanced legal safeguards against fraud and corruption affecting the Union’s financial interests;

    95.  Observes that, in 2023, no major improvement towards participation into the EPPO has occurred with the Irish authorities; reminds that their refusal to cooperate with the EPPO in executing several requests for mutual legal assistance sent by the EDPs had resulted in the EPPO reporting the situation to the Commission in accordance with Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092(5); appreciated the following decision of the Irish authorities to amend their domestic legislation providing the legal framework for mutual legal assistance to the EPPO and underlines that from 1 November 2023 it provides mutual legal assistance to the EPPO based on this unilateral recognition; notes that no exchanges occurred with the Irish inter-agency working group established to examine Ireland’s potential future participation in the EPPO; urges the Commission, the EPPO and the Irish authorities to engage in a constructive dialogue to find an effective way of cooperation;

    96.  Maintains that any lack of cooperation with the EPPO by any of the Member States, whether they are participating in the enhanced cooperation that established the EPPO, creates niches of immunity and privilege that make the defence of the financial interests of the Union uneven and inefficient at best; reiterates its call on the Commission and the Member States concerned to make any possible effort to integrate the current scenario with the few but still very important missing components, promoting the extension of the participation in the EPPO by the other still non-participating Member States in such a way that strengthens the effectiveness of the protection of the Union and national budgets; calls on the Commission to closely monitor Member States’ level of cooperation with the EPPO and urges the Commission to initiate infringement proceedings against any Member State that systematically obstructs EPPO-led investigations; takes the view that membership of the EPPO should be a precondition for receiving Union funds;

    97.  Condemns the recently reported systematic espionage organized by the Hungarian government against OLAF staff during an investigative mission into the potential misuse of Union funds by ELIOS, a company linked to the Hungarian Prime Minister’s son-in-law; emphasizes that OLAF and the EPPO, as cornerstone institutions of the Union’s anti-fraud architecture, are regrettably exposed to such threats not only from third countries but also within EU Member States; stresses that such actions gravely undermine the rule of law and the integrity of Union institutions; calls for the swift establishment of robust protection measures to safeguard Union’s institutional staff on mission in Member States and to prevent such unacceptable violations in the future;

    Communication

    98.  Observes that the EPPO engages in continuous efforts to enhance internal and external communication; appreciates the actions carried out via social network platforms and encourages the EPPO to maintain its proactive and transparent approach;

    99.  Believes that explanations about the EPPO’s interventions and operations and about their background, when reported in the media and posted on social networks, would contribute to reinforcing the reputation of the institutions amongst citizens and raise awareness in taxpayers about the complexity of the protection of the Union’s financial interests;

    100.  Maintains that proper and accurate communication from the EPPO would also increase the involvement of civil society and increase submission of potential investigative input; understands that the EPPO asks to have the reporting option included in every standard presentation for external audiences or at conferences and seminars, when possible and appropriate; notes that, in 2023, the EPPO’s corporate website underwent a complete redesign, with the primary focus on enhancing accessibility and user-friendliness, and that the option to report a crime is now prominently displayed at the top of every webpage together with a banner highlighting this feature in the homepage;

    101.  Observes that the level of the EPPO’s resources that are devoted to communication are limited, and that, in view of the need to establish the EPPO’s digital autonomy, management of the EPPO website will have to be brought in-house, requiring additional resources, after DG Digital Services cease providing that service; underlines that the increasing volume and the sensitivity of EPPO investigations calls for attention in exchanges with the media, journalists, citizens and academia; reiterates its call on the EPPO to clearly strike the best possible balance between transparency and public interest on the one hand and confidentiality and proper conduct of the investigation on the other, and to ensure the neutrality of its communications about its activities;

    102.  Recalls the importance of transparency in the EPPO’s interactions with external actors; calls for the establishment of a mandatory public register of all meetings between EPPO officials and representatives of third parties, including lobbyists and national government representatives, in order to prevent undue influence and reinforce public trust in the EPPO’s independence;

    Effect of Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine

    103.  Recalls that EPPO competences extend to Union funds even when used in third countries; believes that the working arrangements with the Ukrainian competent authorities could effectively enhance the level of protection of the Union’s financial interests following the relevant commitments undertaken to support Ukraine and its population; welcomes the efforts undertaken by the Ukrainian authorities on anti-corruption measures, but recalls that the country is still subject to high rate of corruption and fraud, demanding extra precaution to be taken and further anti-corruption measure in order to successfully reach transparency goals; is aware that transmission of evidence has occurred in execution of mutual legal assistance requests and welcomes the perspective of activating a joint task force with the Ukrainian authorities to coordinate investigations; reminds the Commission and other Union institutions bodies, offices and agencies of the importance of detection and timely submission of investigative input to the EPPO.

    (1) Directive (EU) 2017/1371 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 July 2017 on the fight against fraud to the Union’s financial interests by means of criminal law (OJ L 198, 28.7.2017, p. 29, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2017/1371/oj).
    (2) Council Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 of 12 October 2017, implementing enhanced cooperation on the establishment of the European Public Prosecutor’s Office (‘the EPPO’) (OJ L 283, 31.10.2017, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2017/1939/oj).
    (3) According to the Consolidated Annual Activity Report 2023, the turnover rate was 5,9 % for temporary and contract agents.
    (4) Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2018 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data by the Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Regulation (EC) No 45/2001 and Decision No 1247/2002/EC (OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, p. 39, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2018/1725/oj).
    (5) Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2020 on a general regime of conditionality for the protection of the Union budget (OJ L 433I, 22.12.2020, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/2092/oj).

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Discharge 2023: EU general budget – European Council and Council – P10_TA(2025)0079 – Wednesday, 7 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    The European Parliament,

    –  having regard to its decision on discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023, Section II – European Council and Council,

    –  having regard to Rule 102 of and Annex V to its Rules of Procedure,

    –  having regard to the opinion of the Committee on Constitutional Affairs,

    –  having regard to the report of the Committee on Budgetary Control (A10-0052/2025),

    A.  whereas in the context of the discharge procedure, the discharge authority wishes to stress the particular importance of further strengthening the democratic legitimacy of the Union institutions by improving transparency and accountability, and implementing the concept of performance-based budgeting and good governance of human resources;

    B.  whereas, under Article 319 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU), the Parliament has the sole responsibility of granting discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the Union, and whereas the budget of the European Council and of the Council is a section of the Union budget;

    C.  whereas, pursuant to Article 15(1) of the Treaty on European Union (TEU), the European Council is not to exercise legislative functions;

    D.  whereas, under Article 317 TFEU, the Commission is to implement the Union budget on its own responsibility, having regard to the principles of sound financial management, and whereas, under the framework in place, the Commission is to confer on the other Union institutions the requisite powers for the implementation of the sections of the budget relating to them;

    E.  whereas, under Articles 235(4) and 240(2) TFEU, the European Council and the Council (the ‘Council’) are assisted by the General Secretariat of the Council (the ‘Secretariat’), and whereas the Secretary-General of the Council is wholly responsible for the sound management of the appropriations entered in Section II of the Union budget;

    F.  whereas, over the course of more than twenty years, Parliament has been implementing the well-established and respected practice of granting discharge to all Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies, and whereas the Commission supports that the practice of giving discharge to each Union institution, body, office and agency for its administrative expenditure should continue to be pursued;

    G.  whereas, according to Article 59(1) of the Financial Regulation, the Commission shall confer on the other Union Institutions the requisite powers for the implementation of the sections of the budget relating to them;

    H.  whereas, since the 2009 budget discharge, the Council’s lack of cooperation in the discharge procedure has compelled Parliament to refuse to grant discharge to the Secretary-General of the Council;

    I.  whereas the European Council and the Council, as Union institutions and as recipients of the general budget of the Union, should be transparent and democratically accountable to the citizens of the Union and subject to democratic scrutiny of the spending of public funds;

    J.  whereas Article 15(3) TFEU requires the EU institutions to ensure in their Rules of Procedure that their proceedings are transparent, while in several of its inquiries and decisions Ombudsman has criticised the Council for its lack of transparency suggesting that the Council has failed fully to grasp the critical link between democracy and the transparency of decision-making;

    K.  whereas the case law of the Court of Justice of the European Union confirms the right of taxpayers and of the public to be kept informed about the use of public revenue and that the General Court in in its judgment of 25 January 2023 in Case T-163/21(1), De Capitani v Council, stated on transparency within the Union legislative process that documents produced by the Council in its working groups are not of technical nature but legislative and are therefore subject to access to documents requests;

    1.  Notes that the budget of the Council falls under MFF heading 7, ‘European public administration’, which amounted to EUR 12,3 billion in 2023 (representing 6,4% of the total Union budget); notes that the Council’s budget of approximately EUR 0,6 billion represents approximately 5,2% of the total administrative expenditure of the Union;

    2.  Welcomes that the Court of Auditors (the ‘Court’), in its Annual Report for the financial year 2023 examined a sample of 70 transactions under Administration, 10 more than were examined in 2022; further notes that the Court writes that administrative expenditure comprises expenditure on human resources, including expenditure on pensions, which in 2023 accounted for about 70 % of the total administrative expenditure, and expenditure on buildings, equipment, energy, communications and information technology, and that its work over many years indicates that, overall, this spending is low risk;

    3.  Notes that 21 (30 %) of the 70 transactions contained errors but that the Court, based on the five errors which were quantified, estimates the level of error to be below the materiality threshold;

    4.  Notes that the Court, in its Annual Report for the financial year 2023, made an observation on the duration of a building maintenance framework contract awarded by the Council; notes that the Court did not identify any quantifiable errors in the four payments examined concerning the Council;

    State of play of the discharge procedure

    5.  Deeply regrets that, since 2009, and again for the financial year 2022, Parliament has had to refuse discharge to the Council because the Council continues to refuse to cooperate with Parliament on the discharge procedure, preventing Parliament from taking an informed decision based on a serious and thorough scrutiny of the implementation of the Council’s budget;

    6.  Notes that, on 20 September 2024, the relevant Parliament services, on behalf of the rapporteur for the discharge procedure, forwarded a questionnaire to the Secretariat of the Council containing 90 important questions for Parliament in order to enable a thorough scrutiny of the implementation of the Council budget and of the management of the Council; further notes that similar questionnaires were sent to all other institutions, all of which have provided Parliament with detailed answers to all the questions;

    7.  Regrets that, on 23 September 2024, the Secretariat informed Parliament once again that it would not be answering Parliament’s questionnaire and that the Council would not be participating in the hearing organised on 12 November 2024 as part of the discharge process and in which all other invited institutions participated;

    8.  Reiterates Parliament’s prerogative to grant discharge pursuant to Article 319 TFEU as well as the applicable provisions of the Financial Regulation and Parliament’s Rules of Procedure in line with current interpretation and practice, namely the power to grant discharge in order to maintain transparency and to ensure democratic accountability towards Union taxpayers;

    9.  Underlines that Article 59(1) of the Financial Regulation states that the Commission shall confer on the other Union Institutions the requisite powers for the implementation of the sections of the budget relating to them and, therefore, finds it incomprehensible that the Council believes it appropriate that discharge should be granted to the Commission for the implementation of the Council budget;

    10.  Stresses the well-established and respected practice followed by Parliament over the course of more than twenty years of granting discharge to all Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies, including the European Council and Council; recalls that the Commission has declared its inability to oversee the implementation of the budgets of the other Union institutions; stresses the reiterated view of the Commission that the practice of giving discharge to each Union institution for their administrative expenditure and implementation of the EU budget should continue to be pursued directly by Parliament to preserve the compliance of the principle of sound financial management;

    11.  Stresses that the current situation implies that Parliament can only check the reports of the Court and of the Ombudsman as well as the publicly available information on the Council’s website due to the Council’s persistent lack of cooperation with Parliament; underlines that this lack of cooperation undermines Parliament’s ability to effectively fulfil its oversight role and to make an informed decision on granting discharge;

    12.  Deplores that the Council, for more than a decade, has shown that it does not have any political willingness to collaborate with Parliament in the context of the annual discharge procedure; underlines that this attitude has had a lasting negative effect on both institutions, has discredited the management and democratic scrutiny of the Union budget and has damaged the trust of citizens in the Union as a transparent entity; underlines that the Council must adhere to the same standards of accountability it expects from other Union institutions;

    13.  Reiterates that the Council’s continued refusal to engage in the discharge procedure is an unacceptable breach of democratic accountability. Calls for legal and procedural amendments to withhold budgetary appropriations to any Union institution that fails to comply with transparency obligations;

    14.  Recalls that the case-law of the Court of Justice of the European Union supports the right of taxpayers and the public to be kept informed about the use of public revenue; demands, therefore, full respect for Parliament’s prerogative and role as guarantor of the democratic accountability principle; calls on the Council to duly follow up on the recommendations adopted by Parliament in the context of the discharge procedure and insists on the full application of Article 14(1) TEU;

    15.  Calls on the Council to resume negotiations with Parliament without undue delay and to actively engage with Parliament at the highest level as soon as possible involving the Secretaries-General and the Presidents of both institutions, in order to break the deadlock and resolve the long-standing discharge impasse, while respecting the respective roles of Parliament and the Council in the discharge procedure and ensuring transparency, credibility and proper democratic control of budget implementation; requests that Commission and the Council legal services provide an opinion on potential Treaty-based solutions to enforce Council’s accountability in the discharge procedure;

    16.  Stresses that, while the current situation needs to be improved through better inter-institutional cooperation within the framework of the Treaties, a revision of the Treaties could make the discharge procedure clearer and more transparent by giving Parliament the explicit competence to grant discharge to all Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies individually; stresses, however, that pending such a review, the current situation must be improved through enhanced inter-institutional cooperation; urges in this sense the Council to actively engage with the Parliament;

    17.  Notes that despite the Council being unwilling to cooperate in the discharge procedure, Parliament, nevertheless, stresses some political priorities and sets out some observations concerning the budgetary and financial management of the Council and other observations relevant for the discharge procedure in this report;

    18.  Notes that, given the Council’s lack of cooperation with Parliament, observations in the following sections primarily rely on aggregated information publicly available, which provides limited detail;

    Political priorities

    19.  Regrets that the Council exerts its prerogative in the nomination and appointment procedures for many Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies without taking into account the views of the interested parties or the recommendations of the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF);

    20.  Notes the Council’s tradition of not questioning the appointments of individual Member States for most positions;

    21.  Recalls that, pursuant to Article 286(2) TFEU, the Council appoints the members of the Court of Auditors, in accordance with proposals made by each Member State, after consultation with Parliament; recalls that, on the basis of this prerequisite, Parliament delivers an opinion on the candidates; regrets that the Council has repeatedly disregarded Parliament’s recommendations in its consultative role regarding the appointment of the members of the Court; recalls that although Parliament’s opinion is non-binding on the Council, candidates who received an unfavourable opinion withdrew their candidatures by accepting Parliament’s decision, thereby recognising the role of Parliament as the democratic supervisory authority linked to the safeguarding of the Union budget; calls on the Council to recognise Parliament’s role by cooperating in the discharge procedure;

    22.  Recalls that the judges and advocates-general of the Court of Justice of the European Union are appointed by common accord of the governments of the Member states after consultation of a panel responsible for giving an opinion on prospective candidates’ suitability to perform the duties concerned;

    23.  Calls on the rotating Council Presidencies to stop using corporate sponsorship to contribute to covering their expenses as this runs the risk of creating conflicts of interest, in line with the conclusions of the workshop held by Parliament’s Committee on Budgetary Control on 27 June 2023; notes that, in her decision of 9 September 2024 on the strategic initiative on sponsorship of the presidency of the Council of the European Union, the European Ombudsman encouraged the Council to take stock of how the non-binding rules adopted by the Council for the use of sponsorship by its presidency (the Guidance) have been implemented and to explore other possible measures that could help mitigate the risks associated with the use of sponsorship; reiterates its call on the Council to provide a budget for the Council Presidencies to ensure adequate and uniform standards of efficiency and effectiveness in the work in the Council in general;

    24.  Expresses deep concern over the Hungarian government’s misuse of its role in the EU Presidency to pursue bilateral engagements that contradict the Union’s core values, such as Prime Minister Viktor Orbán’s meetings with Russian President Vladimir Putin, despite Union sanctions and the International Criminal Court arrest warrant against the latter for war crimes; notes with alarm similar engagements with other authoritarian leaders, undermining the EU’s credibility; calls on the Council to firmly condemn such actions and to take all necessary measures to ensure that Member States holding the Presidency act in alignment with EU principles, safeguarding the Union’s integrity and values;

    Budgetary and financial management

    25.  Regrets that the budget of the European Council and the Council has not been divided into two clearly separated budgets as recommended by Parliament in previous discharge resolutions in order to improve transparency and accountability, not least concerning the European Council, given that it is currently impossible to get reliable information regarding its costs; stresses the importance of reliable data for objective control; calls on the compliance with the recommendation of the discharge authority;

    26.  Notes that the Council’s budget was EUR 647 908 757 for 2023, representing an increase of 6 % compared to 2022, which is higher than the increase of 2,3 % between 2021 and 2022; notes that this increase is mainly related to the revision of salary update parameters due to inflation;

    27.  Notes that the overall implementation rate of the Council’s budget in 2023 was 97,0 %; notes that almost EUR 20 million in appropriations were cancelled at the end of 2023, half of which originated from the staff expenditure budget line;

    28.  Notes that, in accordance with Article 29 of the Financial Regulation, the Council carried out 41 budgetary transfers in 2023 for a cumulated amount of EUR 6,5 million; notes further that three of those transfers required that the budgetary authority be informed in accordance with Article 29(2), for the purpose of reinforcing various budget lines including “Fitting-out and installation work”, “Water, gas, electricity and heating”, “Acquisition of equipment and software” and “Cost of renting, maintenance and repair of service cars”;

    29.   Calls on the Council to publish an annual breakdown of travel and representation expenses of senior officials, including the President of the European Council, the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy, and the Secretariat, in a user-friendly format accessible to the public;

    30.  Notes that appropriations carried over from 2023 to 2024 totalled EUR 85,5 million covering mainly computer systems, cost of interpretation provided in 2023, for which invoices have not been yet agreed with the European Commission services at the time of the closure, buildings, information and communication, audio-visual and conference equipment, other staff expenditure: and transport;

    31.   Expresses concern over insufficient control mechanisms regarding the Council’s use of consultancy services and external contractors; calls for full disclosure of all contracts exceeding EUR 50 000, detailing the scope, deliverables, and awarded entities, to prevent potential misuse of public funds;

    32.  Notes that the average time for payments of invoices decreased from 18 to 13 days from 2022 to 2023, well below the maximum time-limit of 30 days, thus avoiding interest on late payments;

    33.  Notes that mission expenses, comprising both mission expenses from the Secretariat and mission expenses of staff related to the European Council, increased by 25 % between 2022 and 2023, and that travel expenses of delegations incurred by Presidencies and national delegations increased by 36,6 % during the same period; calls on the Council to assess this significant increase in mission expenditure; in the absence of access to detailed information, encourages the Council to use these resources in the spirit of sound financial management;

    Internal management, performance and internal control

    34.  Notes that the Council laid down objectives for the performance of its budget in 2023, namely to ensure ongoing decision-making in the European Council and the Council; to ensure continuous support for the European Council and the Council through the effective and efficient use of financial resources, particularly in view of the persistent pressure of inflation and the resulting price increases due to contract indexation and to further proceed with the process of administrative digital modernisation with the objective of enhancing the quality of the Secretariat’s organisation and the appropriate use of resources;

    35.  Notes that, in order to ensure the efficient use of its budget in 2023, the Secretariat continued to improve its financial management processes, notably based on the recommendations of a number of internal task forces; welcomes, in particular, the new performance tools, such as the inclusion of human resources and skills elements in the integrated management planning exercise, the full digitalisation of the financial workflows and the introduction of the electronic signature;

    36.  Welcomes the greater use of data in decision-making, notably based on the monthly financial dashboard, showing key performance indicators across the Secretariat services and the Managers’ dashboard with key insights from HR data in order to facilitate daily management and decisions in the area of human resources;

    37.  Notes that the Secretariat organised 4 429 meetings in 2023, which was relatively stable compared to 2022; notes further that the number of physical meetings increased by 11 % compared to 2022, while the number of meetings held by videoconference or in hybrid mode decreased substantially, by more than 60 %;

    38.  Notes the Secretariat launched 17 open procurement procedures, 12 new negotiated procedures, as well as 21 inter-institutional procedures (any value) with the Council not in the lead; notes that, by the end of 2023, 41 contracts were signed, compared to 42 in 2022, and 47 Lots (any category) were being worked on; notes that contracts were awarded for a total amount of EUR 124,1 million in 2023, which corresponds to 19,15 % of the Council’s annual budget; notes, that out of the total contracted amount, 0,5 % was committed in low and middle value contracts, 58 % in specific contracts under framework contracts where Council is the sole contracting authority and 69,5 % in specific contracts awarded under inter-institutional framework contracts;

    39.  Notes that the Council transmitted its annual report on internal audits carried out in 2023 to the discharge authority, in accordance with Article 118 of the Financial Regulation; notes that, at the end of 2023, 81 % of the recommendations issued during the years 2020-2022 had been implemented, 18 % were still open and for 1 %, risk had been accepted by management or the recommendations were no longer applicable; notes that four internal audits planned in the 2023 work programme were concluded during the year and two were still ongoing at the end of 2023; notes that the internal auditor issued high priority recommendations in three audits of the 2023 work programme related to transport services, IOLAN servers and core services and IOLAN endpoint systems;

    Human resources, equality and staff well-being

    40.  Notes that, out of 3 116 members of staff at the end of 2023, 79 % were permanent staff, 12,8% were temporary staff, 7,2% were contractual agents and 1% were seconded national experts; notes that the repartition of permanent and temporary staff between job categories remained stable with 1 474,25 administrators (AD), 1 159 assistants (AST) and 230 secretaries (AST-SC) in 2023, compared to 1 519, 1 284 and 190 in 2022; notes that the occupation rate of the establishment plan was 97,4 % at the end of 2023;

    41.   Notes that, given the Council’s lack of cooperation with Parliament, observations in this section primarily rely on aggregated information published on the Council’s website which provides limited detail;

    42.  Notes the other initiatives taken by the Secretariat to become a more diverse and inclusive workplace; welcomes that the Council received the 2023 Ombudsman’s award for Good Administration in the category ‘Excellence in diversity and inclusion’ for its Positive Action Programme for Trainees with Disabilities which meant that 6 trainees with disabilities were hosted in the Secretariat in 2023;

    43.  Regrets the lack of publicly available information concerning the gender and geographical distribution of staff in the Secretariat; calls on the Council to provide information to Parliament on gender balance, geographical distribution and disabilities of its members of staff and on the related internal policies; encourages the Council to promote geographical balance of its staff by offering a wider pool of candidates from underrepresented Member States;

    44.  Welcomes the Secretariat’s efforts in 2023 to attract and retain a qualified and younger workforce through various initiatives such as the recruitment of eight junior policy administrators under the new Junior Policy Team programme, the revision of the internal mobility rules and the participation of 41 of the Secretariat’s members of staff in an Interinstitutional Job Shadowing Exercise; emphasizes that traineeships should be remunerated in compliance with the European Parliament’s resolution of 14 June 2023 on Quality Traineeships in the Union (2020/2005(INL)), which calls for all internships in Europe to be paid; regrets the lack of information on the implementation of the Council’s Employer Branding Action Plan prepared in 2023;

    45.  Notes that, in 2023, the 2020-2023 Psychosocial Risk Prevention plan was the subject of a review, the results of which have been taken into account in preparing a new Risk Prevention plan and updating the Psychosocial Intervention Plan as part of the Council’s initiatives to promote staff wellbeing, both individually and as teams or units; notes that several forms of support and courses were offered to members of staff and managers of the Secretariat, such as a dedicated management training session on psychological safety, Guidance for Managers on mental health, specific workshops on psychosocial risk prevention organised on demand and stress management workshops for the Spanish and Belgian Council Presidencies;

    46.  Notes that the Secretariat completed the New Ways of Working (NWOW) pilot project, which was launched in 2018, and conducted an evaluation providing valuable insights especially in terms of change communication, user involvement and staff engagement in change processes; notes that the Council shared the results of the pilot project with other organisations conducting similar programmes; calls on the Council to also share the lessons learned with the discharge authority;

    Ethical framework and transparency

    47.  Regrets that two key components of the ethical framework of the Council, the ‘Guide to Ethics and Conduct’ for Secretariat staff and the ‘Code of Conduct for the President of the European Council’, are available on the Council’s website without further guidance or date of publication; criticises that, despite several requests by Parliament, the code of conduct for the President of the European Council has not been brought in line with those of Parliament and the Commission, in particular in terms of post term-of-office activities; calls on forthwith rectification of foregoing deficiencies;

    48.   Reiterates that ethical conduct contributes to sound financial management and increases public trust and that, as stressed by the Court in its Special Report No 13/2019, there is scope for improvement in the ethical frameworks of the Union institutions; recalls in particular the recommendation issued by the Court with regard to improving the Council’s ethical framework; expresses concern about the lack of a common Union ethical framework governing the work of the representatives of Member States in the Council as identified by the Court;

    49.  Notes that, as part of the implementation of the Secretary-General’s Decision 23/2021 concerning psychological and sexual harassment at work, several actions were taken in 2023 such as the publication on the Secretariat’s intranet of the Guide to preventing harassment in the workplace, awareness-raising activities for newcomers regarding the zero tolerance approach of the Council and the organisation of compulsory trainings on anti-harassment and inappropriate behaviour for new managers and staff with management responsibilities;

    50.  Notes that the Secretariat publishes an annual report with information regarding the occupational activities of former senior officials of the Secretariat after leaving the service in accordance with Article 16, third and fourth paragraphs, of the Staff Regulations of officials of the European Union; notes that, according to the report concerning 2023, one former senior official declared their intention to engage in occupational activities less than 12 months after they left and was granted permission from the Appointing Authority to engage in one activity subject to a certain condition which was aimed at respecting the mitigation period of the second paragraph of Article 16 of the Staff Regulations;

    51.   Urges the Council to establish stricter post-term employment rules for senior officials, including an extended cooling-off period and mandatory public disclosure of private-sector affiliations; calls on the Council to make the participation of Member States’ Permanent Representations in the EU Transparency Register mandatory;

    52.  Regrets the fact that the participation of the Member States’ Permanent Representatives in the mandatory transparency register, set up by the interinstitutional agreement of 20 May 2021 between Parliament, the Council and the Commission, is completely voluntary as the application of the conditionality principle is left to the discretion of each Member State’s Permanent Representation; notes that only eight Member States and the Union institutions abide by the best practice of applying a mandatory broad-scope definition of lobbyist in their regulatory framework and insists that all Permanent Representations should take an active part in the mandatory transparency register before, during and after their Member State’s presidency of the Council; calls for stronger and harmonized ethics rules on conflicts of interest, revolving doors, and lobbying transparency; recalls Parliament’s position that Member State representatives who benefit directly from Union subsidies through the businesses they own should not be allowed to participate in policy or budgetary discussions and votes related to those subsidies; regrets that the Council does not fully use the mandatory transparency register or accept proposals to improve it; reiterates its call on the Council to refrain from engaging with unregistered lobbyists;

    53.   Regrets that the Council does not fully utilise the mandatory transparency register beyond its current limitations, rejecting any recommendation for improvements; reiterates its call on the Council to refuse to meet with unregistered lobbyists;

    54.   Urges the Council to mandate that all high-ranking officials, including Permanent Representatives and Heads of Delegation, publicly disclose their meetings with interest groups and lobbyists in a standardised transparency register, similar to the obligations imposed on Members of the European Parliament and the European Commission;

    55.  Strongly regrets that the Council continues to systematically withhold or delay access to legislative documents and the decision-making process in the Council is still far from fully transparent, thereby hindering public scrutiny of its decision-making, negatively affecting citizens’ trust in the Union as a transparent entity and jeopardising the reputation of the Union as a whole; recalls and supports the recommendations of the European Ombudsman regarding the transparency of the Council legislative process in strategic inquiry OI/2/2017/TE; urges the Council to take all the measures necessary to implement the recommendations of the Ombudsman and the relevant rulings of the Court of Justice of the European Union without undue delay; recalls that the Court of Justice of the European Union, in its judgement in Case T-163/21, De Capitani v Council, underlined that clearer legislative transparency is needed from the Council in order to ensure access to legislative documents, corresponding to the Council’s obligation in terms of public scrutiny and accountability of the co-legislators as the basis of any democratic legitimacy;

    56.  Is concerned that, in 2023, the European Ombudsman once again called on the Council to make legislative documents available at a time that would allow the public to participate effectively in the discussions; notes that the European Ombudsman also called on the Council to continue its efforts with regard to informing the public adequately about the restrictive measures adopted against Russia, to the greatest extent possible; welcomes the strategic enquiry launched by the European Ombudsman in 2023 on how the institutions handle requests for public access to legislative documents, based in particular on six recent complaints to the Ombudsman concerning public access to Union legislative documents handled by the Council;

    57.  Notes that the Access to Documents team reported that they received and replied to an unusually high number of requests for public access to documents in 2023, 3 732 initial requests for access to documents and 40 confirmatory applications, which required the analysis of 13 912 documents; notes that, among the initial requests for access, full access was granted to 10 908 documents (78,4 %) and partial access to 1 600 documents (11,5 %) while access was refused to 1 404 documents (10,1 %); notes that for the confirmatory applications, full access was granted to 53 documents and partial access to 45 documents, while access was refused to 48 documents; notes that initial requests were processed, on average, in 16 working days and confirmatory applications in 32 working days;

    58.  Welcomes that, according to the publicly available annual reports, no cases of fraud or irregularity were brought to the attention of the responsible authorising officers by delegation during 2023, nor were such cases subject to the competence of the panel (Article 143 of the Financial Regulation) or OLAF;

    Digitalisation

    59.  Notes that, in 2023, the Secretariat continued to pursue its goal of digital transformation, in line with its Digital Strategy priorities for 2022-2025; notes, that out of 113 digitalisation projects in the annual work plan, concerning, in particular, the areas of shared services, policy, legal and IT, 37 % were completed at the end of the year while 8 % were cancelled or merged and 38% were still ongoing; notes that more diversified training courses were organised, including specific courses for the electronic signature of contracts and to promote FIORI, the new user experience of SAP;

    60.   Urges the Council to accelerate the implementation of secure digital voting and document-sharing systems to enhance efficiency, accountability, and reduce unnecessary paper-based processes;

    61.  Welcomes that, in 2023, 97 % of invoices were submitted electronically, the same as in 2022; acknowledges that, with between 30 and 40 % of purchase orders and contracts being signed electronically each month in 2023, significant progress was made towards the full digitalisation of the financial workflow, from launching procurement procedures to paying invoices electronically;

    62.  Notes that, in 2023, the Council took steps in favour of greater digital accessibility, in particular through the publication of a Digital Accessibility Guide;

    Cybersecurity and data protection

    63.  Notes that, in 2023, the European Data Protection Supervisor (EDPS) issued a Supervisory Opinion in accordance with Article 57(1)(g) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 relating to the need to conduct a data protection impact assessment concerning the project of the Secretariat regarding the use of centralised human resource analytics and reporting services and the establishment a data warehouse; notes that the EDPS did not report any investigation or complaint concerning the Council in 2023;

    64.   Expresses concern over the lack of robust safeguards against surveillance and data collection by third parties; calls for enhanced security measures, including mandatory data encryption and regular security audits of all digital communication systems used by the Council;

    65.  Notes that, in order to improve the cybersecurity awareness and preparedness of its staff, the Secretariat designed and launched several new training courses related to information security, counterespionage, and cybersecurity in 2023; notes further that awareness-raising events about cybersecurity and information security were organised during Cybersecurity Month in October 2023;

    Buildings

    66.  Notes that budget line 2011 for “Water, gas, electricity and heating” was reinforced by 33 % through a budgetary transfer in 2023; notes that the Secretariat continued to reduce its energy consumption, through methods such as reducing the building heating and replacing the boilers in the Justus Lipsius building;

    67.  Notes that key building projects were executed in 2023, such as the renovation of some meeting rooms in the LEX and Justus Lipsius buildings, the continuous renovation of office corridors in the Justus Lipsius building, improvements of facilities and infrastructure for bikes in the Council’s premises and the modernisation of the Justus Lipsius reception desks;

    68.  Regrets that the Council has still not implemented a simplified accreditation procedure to facilitate the access of the other Union institutions’ staff to Council’s premises; calls on the Council to implement this measure;

    Environment and sustainability

    69.  Notes that, further to an external audit performed in 2023, the EcoManagement and Audit Scheme was maintained and that Energy Performance of Buildings certificates were renewed;

    70.  Notes that, as part of the continuing priority efforts for sustainable mobility, facilities and infrastructures for bikes in the Secretariat premises were improved and tailored and videoconferencing facilities in the form of “meet anywhere rooms” were renovated or put in place; notes further that efforts to on-board staff and managers in the green transformation were deployed through training and awareness-raising actions;

    Interinstitutional cooperation

    71.  Stresses the need for Article 319 TFEU to be revised in order to explicitly stipulate that Parliament, besides granting discharge to the Commission, also grants discharge to other Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies in respect of the implementation of their sections of the budget or of their budgets; invites the Council to overcome the inter-institutional conflict and to resume talks with the European Parliament in order to reach a common agreement for a smooth resumption of the discharge procedure;

    Communication

    72.  Notes that, in 2023, the overall budget for communication implemented in the course of the year, taking transfers into account, was EUR 11 871 300, i.e. 3,54 % higher than the 2022 budget;

    73.  Notes that the Secretariat provides communication services to the President of the European Council, whose web presence was fundamentally revamped in 2022, the President of the Eurogroup, the rotating presidency, the Vice-President of the Commission/High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy, Member States and the Secretariat; notes that 2023 saw a marked increase in collaboration between the Secretariat’s digital team and the presidencies, in particular, close editorial coordination led to increased synergies in terms of content reuse and better complementarity, which maximised the overall communication impact;

    74.  Notes that, according to an online survey conducted in the last quarter of 2023, 67 % of users were satisfied with their overall experience with the Council’s website, which had over 23 million visits in 2023, a 1 % increase compared to 2022, and 57 900 subscribers, compared to 51 600 in 2022.

    (1) Judgment of the General Court of 25 January 2023, De Capitani v Council, T-163/21, CLI:EU:T:2023:15.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Written question – Natura 2000 network – E-001787/2025

    Source: European Parliament

    Question for written answer  E-001787/2025
    to the Commission
    Rule 144
    Nicolás González Casares (S&D)

    The Commission’s answer to my question E-005853/2020[1] made note of the infringement procedure opened regarding the Galician regional government’s failure to fulfil its obligations under the Habitats Directive, as well as the lack of approval of specific management plans for Natura 2000 nature reserves, an infringement procedure that, to date, has not brought about any improvement in the situation.

    In its reply, the Commission stated that it had sent an additional letter of formal notice pressing for the adoption of ‘detailed, site-specific conservation objectives and measures for all the SACs’. In light of this: what is the state of play with regard to the infringement procedure, and what steps will the Commission take to ensure Galicia’s full compliance with the Directive?

    Submitted: 2.5.2025

    • [1] https://www.europarl.europa.eu/doceo/document/E-9-2020-005853-ASW_EN.html
    Last updated: 12 May 2025

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Banking Union – annual report 2024 – P10_TA(2025)0105 – Thursday, 8 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    The European Parliament,

    –  having regard to its resolution of 16 January 2024 on Banking Union – annual report 2023(1),

    –  having regard to the Commission’s follow-up to Parliament’s resolution of 16 January 2024 on Banking Union – annual report 2023,

    –  having regard to document published by the European Central Bank (ECB) on 25 March 2024, entitled ‘Feedback on the input provided by the European Parliament as part of its resolution on Banking Union 2023’,

    –  having regard to the ECB’s 2023 Annual Report on supervisory activities, published in March 2024,

    –  having regard to the 2023 Annual Report of the Single Resolution Board (SRB), published on 28 June 2024,

    –  having regard to the adoption of the Anti-Money Laundering Directive (AMLD)(2) and the Anti-Money Laundering Regulation (AMLR)(3), and to the establishment of the Anti-Money Laundering Authority (AMLA)(4),

    –  having regard to the implementation of the Basel III standards, namely to the adoption of amendments to the Capital Requirements Directive(5) and to the Capital Requirements Regulation(6),

    –  having regard to the adoption of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2024/2795 of 24 July 2024 amending Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to the date of application of the own funds requirements for market risk(7),

    –  having regard to its position at first reading of 24 April 2024 on the proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council amending Regulation (EU) No 806/2014 as regards early intervention measures, conditions for resolution and funding of resolution action(8),

    –  having regard to its position at first reading of 24 April 2024 on the proposal for a Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council amending Directive 2014/59/EU as regards early intervention measures, conditions for resolution and financing of resolution action(9),

    –  having regard to its position at first reading of 24 April 2024 on the proposal for a Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council amending Directive 2014/49/EU as regards the scope of deposit protection, use of deposit guarantee schemes funds, cross-border cooperation, and transparency(10),

    –  having regard to the report of its Committee on Economic and Monetary Affairs of 23 April 2024 on the proposal for a regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council amending Regulation (EU) 806/2014 in order to establish a European Deposit Insurance Scheme,

    –  having regard to the Commission proposal of 14 March 2018 for a directive of the European Parliament and of the Council on credit servicers, credit purchasers and the recovery of collateral (COM(2018)0135),

    –  having regard to the Five Presidents’ Report of 22 June 2015 entitled ‘Completing Europe’s Economic and Monetary Union’,

    –  having regard to Enrico Letta’s report of 10 April 2024 entitled ‘Much more than a market – Speed, security, solidarity: empowering the Single Market to deliver a sustainable future and prosperity for all EU Citizens’,

    –  having regard to Mario Draghi’s report of 9 September 2024 entitled ‘The future of European competitiveness’,

    –  having regard to the Eurogroup statement of 11 March 2024 on the future of Capital Markets Union, and to the Eurogroup statement of 16 June 2022 on the future of the Banking Union and the Eurogroup follow-up thereto of 28 April 2023,

    –  having regard to the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s disclosure framework for banks’ cryptoasset exposures and to the targeted amendments to its prudential standard on banks’ exposures to cryptoassets, both published on 17 July 2024,

    –  having regard to the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s core principles for effective banking supervision, published on 25 April 2024,

    –  having regard to the ECB’s Financial Stability Review of May 2024,

    –  having regard to the ECB Occasional Paper No 328 of 2023 entitled ‘The Road to Paris: stress testing the transition towards a net-zero economy’,

    –  having regard to the Financial Stability Board publication of 9 November 2015 entitled ‘Principles on Loss-absorbing and Recapitalisation Capacity of G-SIBs in Resolution’,

    –  having regard to the Financial Stability Board report of 10 October 2023 entitled ‘2023 Bank Failures – Preliminary lessons learnt for resolution’,

    –  having regard to Peterson Institute for International Economics Working Paper No 24-15 of 25 June 2024 entitled ‘Europe’s banking union at ten: unfinished yet transformative’(11),

    –  having regard to the Single Supervisory Mechanism supervisory priorities for 2024-2026, published in December 2023,

    –  having regard to the SRB’s biannual reporting note to the Eurogroup of 13 May 2024,

    –  having regard to the outcome of the 2023 EU-wide transparency exercise of the European Banking Authority, published on 28 July 2023,

    –  having regard to Special Report 12/2023 of the European Court of Auditors of 12 May 2023 entitled ‘EU supervision of banks’ credit risk – The ECB stepped up its efforts but more is needed to increase assurance that credit risk is properly managed and covered’,

    –  having regard to the statements by Claudia Buch, Chair of the Supervisory Board of the ECB, at the hearings conducted by Parliament’s Committee on Economic and Monetary Affairs on 21 March 2024 and 2 September 2024,

    –  having regard to the statements by Dominique Laboureix, Chair of the SRB, at the hearings conducted by Parliament’s Committee on Economic and Monetary Affairs on 21 March 2024 and 23 September 2024,

    –  having regard to the European Banking Authority’s risk assessment reports of July 2024 and December 2024,

    –  having regard to its resolution of 14 March 2019 on gender balance in EU economic and monetary affairs nominations(12),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 25 March 2021 on strengthening the international role of the euro(13),

    –  having regard to Rule 55 of its Rules of Procedure,

    –  having regard to the report of the Committee on Economic and Monetary Affairs (A10-0044/2025),

    A.  whereas the Banking Union (BU) encompasses the Single Supervisory Mechanism, the Single Resolution Mechanism and a European deposit insurance that is still missing;

    B.  whereas the main objective of the BU is to safeguard the stability of the banking sector in Europe and prevent the need to bail out banks at risk of failure with taxpayers’ money;

    C.  whereas a completed BU would be a positive development for citizens and the EU economy, as it would improve the competitiveness and stability of the banking sector, reduce systemic risk, improve supply and consumer choice and offer increased opportunities for cross-border banking that enhances access to financing for households and businesses, thereby reducing costs for banks’ customers, while ensuring that public funds are not used to bail out the banking sector; whereas the ‘too big to fail’ risk has not yet been fully addressed;

    D.  whereas concluding the reform of the EU frameworks for bank crisis management and deposit insurance, focusing particularly on small and medium-sized banks, is fundamental in order to provide Europe’s banking sector with security, stability and resilience; whereas a complete BU with a true European deposit insurance scheme is a basic condition for ensuring that citizens trust European banks;

    E.  whereas fragmentation and the lack of cross-border consolidation of the EU banking sector is affecting its global competitiveness; whereas the profitability gap between EU and US banks has widened;

    F.  whereas a strong and diversified banking sector is key to delivering economic growth, increasing the possibility of home ownership, fostering investment and job creation, financing small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) and start-ups and ensuring the transition to a green and digital economy;

    G.  whereas around 80 % of external financing for EU companies comes from banks, while only 20 % comes from the capital markets; whereas only 30 % of credit for US firms comes from banks, while 70 % is funded via capital markets, including corporate bond holdings and shares;

    H.  whereas the EUR 356,1 billion in non-performing loans recorded at the 110 supervised institutions in 2024, compared with EUR 988,9 billion in non-performing loans recorded at the 102 supervised institutions in the second quarter of 2015, reflects a significant downward trajectory, leaving the total non-performing loan stock at 36 % of its 2015 level; whereas further efforts are required;

    I.  whereas in April 2024, it adopted its position on the review of the crisis management and deposit insurance framework;

    J.  whereas in April 2024, its Committee on Economic and Monetary Affairs adopted a report on the Commission’s proposal to establish a European deposit insurance scheme;

    K.  whereas financial institutions rely increasingly on the use of information and communications technology (ICT); whereas the digitalisation of finance provides key opportunities for the banking sector and has brought about significant technological advances in the EU banking sector through increased efficiency in the provision of banking services and a greater appetite for innovation; whereas it also poses challenges, including with regard to data protection, reputational risks, anti-money laundering and consumer protection concerns; whereas the EU banking sector must increase its cyber resilience to ensure that ICT systems can withstand various types of cyber security threats; whereas the ECB is currently studying the establishment of a digital euro;

    L.  whereas EU banks have withstood the impact of Russian aggression; whereas they play a pivotal role in ensuring the ongoing implementation of and compliance with the sanctions imposed by the EU against Russia in response to the invasion; whereas further coordination is needed to avoid circumvention of sanctions;

    M.  whereas climate change, environmental degradation and the transition to a low-carbon economy are factors to be taken into account when assessing the risks on banks’ balance sheets, as a source of risk potentially impacting investments across regions and sectors;

    General considerations

    1.  Acknowledges the progress made over the last 10 years through the establishment of the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM) and Single Resolution Mechanism (SRM); notes that the BU will not be completed without the establishment of its third pillar, the European deposit insurance scheme;

    2.  Asks the Commission to ensure that the completion of the BU and the Capital Markets Union remains a key priority; highlights that these projects offer households and SMEs access to broader funding, reduce the high reliance on bank credit to foster investments and job creation, increase financial stability, reduce the impact of economic downturns, support competitiveness, give additional investment opportunities, fund the transition to a green and digital economy and unlock the EU’s growth potential; notes that the Commission is requested to take into consideration the specificities of the different banking models, while preserving a level playing field;

    3.  Notes the need to be prepared for episodes of banking stress that could potentially lead to bank runs such as those witnessed in some jurisdictions outside the EU in March 2023, and the need to ensure the stability of deposits;

    4.   Points out that cyber resilience is a key element for the competitiveness of the EU banking sector, in particular taking into account the geopolitical situation and the need to preserve financial stability;

    5.  Notes that a more integrated BU would help to make the EU banking sector more resilient, improve access to credit and reduce costs; notes that better cross-border integration of banking business would increase the potential for private risk sharing and ensure diversification in the EU banking market; points out that a more integrated BU is not necessarily the same as a more consolidated banking market and that there are benefits for competition in a diversified banking market; stresses that a fully developed BU would allow EU banks to grow and put them in a better position to compete in the international arena;

    6.  Regrets that EU banks’ ability to finance major investments is constrained by lower profitability that is not sufficient to ensure their competitiveness; notes that the profitability gap as compared with other jurisdictions is due to both structural and regulatory factors and calls for a review to streamline the regulatory framework; notes that the specific character of the EU banking system, with its large number of smaller banks, calls for proportionate solutions that take this into account and are tailored to its characteristics, without undermining financial stability; remains mindful of the ‘too big to fail’ risk;

    7.  Calls on the Commission to assess the need to develop targeted frameworks within the BU to enhance access to finance for SMEs and start-ups, recognising their role as the backbone of the EU economy;

    8.  Regrets that EU banks’ cross-border activity is still rather limited, particularly with regard to granting loans; takes the view, therefore, that it is important to complete the BU in order to uphold the free movement of capital in a fully integrated internal market;

    9.  Calls on the EU banks still operating in Russia to exit the Russian market as soon as possible; calls on supervisory institutions to ensure that those banks push ahead with exiting the Russian market swiftly;

    10.  Invites the Commission to further explore whether the creation of a separate jurisdiction for EU banks with substantial cross-border operations(14) could help to complete the BU or whether this would increase banking sector fragmentation;

    11.  Notes that a review of the securitisation framework to strengthen European markets and the introduction of European Secured Notes as a dual-recourse funding instrument for SMEs for long-term financing could be explored, taking due account of financial stability risks;

    12.  Underlines that financial literacy is essential in modern economies, contributing to the resilience of the banking systems across Member States and encouraging cross-border financial activity;

    13.  Underlines that a high level of consumer protection will make the BU more resilient;

    14.  Takes the view that the Commission should focus on aspects that contribute to achieving the goals of digitalisation, modernisation, simplification, streamlining and increased competitiveness; maintains that legal certainty, security, predictability and stability are essential for EU banks to be able to operate under favourable conditions;

    15.  Notes that, in addition to traditional loans, diverse sources of financing can be beneficial for EU growth and EU competitiveness, and recognises the low-risk nature of asset-backed financing solutions;

    16.   Notes the ECB’s progress on the digital euro and the parliamentary dialogue being held with the ECB on the topic; understands existing reservations, such as with regard to its offline functionality, given that offline transactions reduce visibility and impair financial crime prevention; recalls that the digital euro should complement, not replace, cash; considers that the decision on whether or not to introduce a digital euro is ultimately a political decision that has to be taken by the EU’s co-legislators, given the profound potential impact of this decision on a wide range of EU domains, including privacy, consumer protection, financial stability, financial policy and other areas that go beyond the strict remit of monetary policy;

    17.  Regrets the failure of some financial institutions to ensure gender balance, especially in their management bodies; stresses that gender balance on boards and in the workforce brings both societal and economic returns; calls on financial institutions to regularly update their diversity and inclusion policies and help to foster healthy working cultures that prioritise inclusivity; calls on private and public entities to address the lack of diversity and gender balance in the management bodies of financial institutions;

    Supervision

    18.  Welcomes the adoption by the co-legislators of the new banking package implementing Basel III standards in the EU; notes the current lack of clarity concerning the implementation of the Basel III standards in some other jurisdictions and the potential risk for an international level playing field; stresses that the Commission should evaluate whether targeted changes could help to maintain the international competitiveness of EU banks without weakening their resilience; recalls that the delegated act on the date of application of the own funds requirements for market risk postponed the date of application of the new market risk framework by one year to 1 January 2026; calls on the Commission to assess whether the equivalence decisions taken with the jurisdictions not implementing the Basel III standards need to be reviewed in order to preserve the financial stability of the EU financial sector;

    19.  Acknowledges the growing phenomenon of bank branch closures, which contributes to the risk of ‘bank desertification’ in certain regions, with a particularly negative impact on vulnerable citizens without digital access; emphasises the critical role smaller banks play in ensuring access to essential banking services, especially in rural and remote areas, thereby supporting households, SMEs and local economies; notes that the high supervisory costs and regulatory burdens can pose significant challenges for smaller banks; underscores the need to apply the principle of proportionality in banking supervision, ensuring that the intensity of regulation is tailored to the size, risk profile and business model of institutions, while taking into account the essential territorial role of smaller banks and their specific characteristics;

    20.  Recalls that the Banking Package contains a high number of mandates to the European Banking Authority; calls on the European Banking Authority to respect these mandates;

    21.  Notes that even within the existing regulatory framework the banking sector has shown its resilience during the market events of recent years, and that the average Common Equity Tier 1 ratio has remained at high levels, at 15,81 %;

    22.  Notes that the non-performing loans ratio has remained stable at 2,30 % and the liquidity coverage ratio at 159,39 %;

    23.  Notes the varying levels of exposure to non-performing loans and recalls that there are Member States which have exposure levels in the order of 1 % or even lower, while other Member States have exposure levels exceeding 4 %; considers that efforts to reduce European banks’ exposure to this type of loan should continue as good risk management practice;

    24.  Highlights the fact that adverse macroeconomic conditions, geopolitical headwinds and the rapid development of deferred payment services may lead to a deterioration in asset quality and affect the level of non-performing loans in the future; highlights, therefore, the importance of prudent risk management and appropriate provisioning;

    25.  Notes that the current levels of banking sector profitability may provide an opportunity for an increase in macroprudential buffers and help to preserve banking sector resilience; invites the Commission to further explore this option and carefully evaluate how to revise the macroprudential framework, taking into consideration the potential impact on capital requirements and bearing in mind a level playing field with other jurisdictions;

    26.   Notes that the banking sector plays a role in supporting the transition to a digitalised and carbon neutral economy, in channelling funds to renewable energy sources and in supporting the achievement of the objectives of the EU Green Deal and the EU Climate Law;

    27.  Notes that the ECB takes account of climate- and nature-related financial risks in its supervisory practices and monitors growing physical and transition risks closely;

    28.  Welcomes the idea of increasing venture capital and unlocking capital to finance fast-growing companies in the EU; notes Commission President Ursula von der Leyen’s commitment to put forward risk-absorbing measures to make it easier for commercial banks, investors and venture capital to finance fast-growing companies(15); notes that this must be done in a way that does not pose a systemic risk or moral hazard;

    29.  Welcomes the creation of the new Authority for Anti-Money Laundering and Countering the Financing of Terrorism, which will allow more effective ways to combat money laundering and terrorist financing via direct supervision of certain financial entities and better cooperation, a better flow of information between national authorities and better coordination among sanctions enforcement authorities in Members States to help close gaps in the implementation of targeted sanctions;

    30.  Stresses the need to enhance the resilience of non-bank financial intermediaries, including by designing specific regulatory and supervisory tools; points out that such measures must guarantee the security of the financial system and be in the best interests of the customer; welcomes the Commission consultation on macroprudential policies for non-bank financial intermediaries; supports the Eurosystem’s recommendation to introduce system-wide stress tests to identify and quantify risks to the resilience of core markets; invites the Commission to investigate whether there are any gaps in the supervisory toolkit, including in relation to potential liquidity crunches and implications for systemic risk;

    31.  Notes that crypto-assets create new challenges and opportunities for the financial system but also pose risks to it, and that these require attention from the national supervisors, the SSM and the European Systemic Risk Board;

    Resolution

    32.  Recalls that the position adopted by Parliament in April 2024 on the crisis management and deposit insurance framework ensures a more consistent approach across all Member States to the application of resolution tools and deposit protection to enhance financial stability, taxpayer protection and depositor confidence; notes that small banks have some specificities that may warrant a proportionate approach; stresses that European and national competent authorities should have at their disposal appropriate and sufficient tools to respond effectively to bank failures and safeguard financial stability, and that banks need to operate in an effective regulatory environment that fosters their development;

    33.  Highlights the importance of preserving shareholders’ and creditors’ primary responsibility for bearing losses in the event of a bank’s failure; stresses that resorting to using taxpayers’ money must be avoided, which is still a key lesson learned from the global financial crisis; stresses that the bail-in of shareholders and creditors must remain the main source for resolution financing before any recourse is made to industry-funded sources;

    34.  Recalls that a sufficient minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) is crucial for a credible resolution framework and for ensuring that resolution authorities have sufficient flexibility to effectively apply the resolution strategies needed in a specific crisis situation; underlines that this minimum requirement should be sufficient to effectively implement any of the resolution strategies included in a bank’s resolution plan; recalls that the resolution framework should avoid undue increases in MREL calibration and disproportionate contributions to the Single Resolution Fund;

    35.  Stresses that if a bank’s eligible liabilities are issued to non-EU investors, the write-down or conversion of these liabilities should be enforceable with full certainty to safeguard the effective application of resolution tools;

    36.  Notes that any reliance on taxpayer money for the resolution of banks, including for liquidity support, should be avoided, in keeping with the principles of fiscal and social responsibility and market discipline;

    37.  Recalls that banks need to continue to meet their obligations and perform their key functions after the implementation of a resolution decision;

    38.  Recalls the importance of clarifying the role of the ECB as liquidity provider in resolution, paying due attention to appropriate guarantees and the ECB’s mandate;

    39.  Underlines the SRB’s announcement that it will enhance its capabilities for launching enforcement action to remove substantive impediments to resolvability; calls for the publication, at the end of each resolution planning cycle, of an anonymised list of identified impediments to resolvability and the actions adopted to address them;

    40.  Welcomes the ‘SRM Vision 2028’ strategic review initiated by the SRB to set its long-term goals, address new challenges and further strengthen collaboration with the national resolution authorities and other stakeholders; notes, in particular, the SRB’s intention to identify areas where sustainability can be embedded further in its daily operations and core business; highlights the need to ensure efficiency and cost-effectiveness in the implementation of the new strategy;

    41.  Welcomes the SRB plan to streamline the annual resolution planning cycle to ensure that it is increasingly efficient and has a greater focus on testing banks’ resolvability and the operationalisation of resolution strategies;

    42.  Welcomes the fact that the Single Resolution Fund has now been built up; calls for the full ratification of the Amending Agreement to the ESM Treaty by all Member States, including the establishment of a common backstop to the Single Resolution Fund;

    43.  Highlights the need for additional efforts to ensure full resolvability for all banks falling under the scope of resolution; recalls that achieving resolvability cannot be considered a ‘moving target’ and therefore calls for more standardisation and harmonisation of the resolvability assessment; recalls, nonetheless, the important role played by national resolution authorities in the assessment of resolvability;

    Deposit insurance

    44.  Underlines the fact that the Commission’s proposal to establish a European deposit insurance scheme was published back in 2015 and that the landscape has changed significantly since then;

    45.  Recalls that the position of its Committee on Economic and Monetary Affairs on a European deposit insurance scheme was adopted in April 2024; notes that that position deviates from the Commission’s 2015 proposal and adopts a new approach; is waiting for, and encourages the Council to move forward with, the negotiations on a European deposit insurance scheme;

    46.  Notes that national deposit guarantee schemes were introduced successfully and have proved their functionality in a number of cases; underlines the need to take specific national characteristics into account and to preserve the well-functioning systems for smaller banks that are already in place in some Member States, such as institutional protection schemes, in a way that ensures a level playing field across the BU;

    o
    o   o

    47.  Instructs its President to forward this resolution to the Council, the Commission, the European Central Bank, the Single Resolution Board and the European Banking Authority.

    (1) OJ C, C/2024/5706, 17.10.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/5706/oj.
    (2) Directive (EU) 2024/1640 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2024 on the mechanisms to be put in place by Member States for the prevention of the use of the financial system for the purposes of money laundering or terrorist financing, amending Directive(EU) 2019/1937, and amending and repealing Directive (EU) 2015/849 (OJ L, 2024/1640, 19.6.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2024/1640/oj).
    (3) Regulation (EU) 2024/1624 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2024 on the prevention of the use of the financial system for the purposes of money laundering or terrorist financing (OJ L, 2024/1624, 19.6.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1624/oj).
    (4) Regulation (EU) 2024/1620 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2024 establishing the Authority for Anti-Money Laundering and Countering the Financing of Terrorism and amending Regulations (EU) No 1093/2010, (EU) No 1094/2010 and (EU) No 1095/2010 (OJ L, 2024/1620, 19.6.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1620/oj).
    (5) Directive (EU) 2024/1619 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2024 amending Directive 2013/36/EU as regards supervisory powers, sanctions, third-country branches, and environmental, social and governance risks (OJ L, 2024/1619, 19.6.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2024/1619/oj).
    (6) Regulation (EU) 2024/1623 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2024 amending Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as regards requirements for credit risk, credit valuation adjustment risk, operational risk, market risk and the output floor (OJ L, 2024/1623, 19.6.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1623/oj).
    (7) OJ L 2024/2795, 31.10.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg_del/2024/2795/oj.
    (8) Texts adopted, P9_TA(2024)0326.
    (9) Texts adopted, P9_TA(2024)0327.
    (10) Texts adopted, P9_TA(2024)0328.
    (11) Véron, N., ‘Europe’s banking union at ten: unfinished yet transformative’, Peterson Institute for International Economics Working Paper No 24-15, June 2024.
    (12) OJ C 23, 21.1.2021, p. 105.
    (13) OJ C 494, 8.12.2021, p. 118.
    (14) Draghi report, p. 61.
    (15) Von der Leyen, Ursula, Europe’s Choice: Political Guidelines for the next European Commission 2024-2029, p. 11.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Hearings – The State of Media in the EU and Media Resilience – 19-05-2025 – Special committee on the European Democracy Shield – Committee on Culture and Education

    Source: European Parliament

    The hearing aims to explore the alarming decline of democracy and the growing threats to media freedom across Europe.

    Media organisations are navigating new challenges such as disinformation, the concentration of media ownership, and political pressures. Experts will analyse not only the state of media resilience in the EU, but also assess relevant existing and planned legislation and policies to further detect possible loopholes, gaps and overlaps in policies on media and information literacy, aiming to strengthen media pluralism, independent journalism and prevent undue influence from both state and corporate powers.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Ninth report on economic and social cohesion – P10_TA(2025)0098 – Thursday, 8 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    The European Parliament,

    –  having regard to Articles 2 and 3 of the Treaty on European Union,

    –  having regard to Articles 4, 162, 174 to 178, and 349 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/1060 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 laying down common provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, the Cohesion Fund, the Just Transition Fund and the European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund and financial rules for those and for the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund, the Internal Security Fund and the Instrument for Financial Support for Border Management and Visa Policy(1) (Common Provisions Regulation),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/1058 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 on the European Regional Development Fund and on the Cohesion Fund(2),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/1059 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 on specific provisions for the European territorial cooperation goal (Interreg) supported by the European Regional Development Fund and external financing instruments(3),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/1057 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 establishing the European Social Fund Plus (ESF+) and repealing Regulation (EU) No 1296/2013(4),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/1056 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 establishing the Just Transition Fund(5),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/2115 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 2 December 2021 establishing rules on support for strategic plans to be drawn up by Member States under the common agricultural policy (CAP Strategic Plans) and financed by the European Agricultural Guarantee Fund (EAGF) and by the European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD) and repealing Regulations (EU) No 1305/2013 and (EU) No 1307/2013(6),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2020/460 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 March 2020 amending Regulations (EU) No 1301/2013, (EU) No 1303/2013 and (EU) No 508/2014 as regards specific measures to mobilise investments in the healthcare systems of Member States and in other sectors of their economies in response to the COVID-19 outbreak (Coronavirus Response Investment Initiative)(7),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2020/558 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 April 2020 amending Regulations (EU) No 1301/2013 and (EU) No 1303/2013 as regards specific measures to provide exceptional flexibility for the use of the European Structural and Investments Funds in response to the COVID-19 outbreak(8),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2020/461 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 March 2020 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2012/2002 in order to provide financial assistance to Member States and to countries negotiating their accession to the Union that are seriously affected by a major public health emergency(9),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2020/2221 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 December 2020 amending Regulation (EU) No 1303/2013 as regards additional resources and implementing arrangements to provide assistance for fostering crisis repair in the context of the COVID-19 pandemic and its social consequences and for preparing a green, digital and resilient recovery of the economy (REACT-EU)(10),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2022/562 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 April 2022 amending Regulations (EU) No 1303/2013 and (EU) No 223/2014 as regards Cohesion’s Action for Refugees in Europe (CARE)(11),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2022/2039 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 October 2022 amending Regulations (EU) No 1303/2013 and (EU) 2021/1060 as regards additional flexibility to address the consequences of the military aggression of the Russian Federation FAST (Flexible Assistance for Territories) – CARE(12),

    –  having regard to the URBACT programme for sustainable urban cooperation, established in 2002,

    –  having regard to the Urban Agenda for the EU of 30 May 2016,

    –  having regard to the Territorial Agenda 2030 of 1 December 2020,

    –  having regard to the 9th Cohesion Report, published by the Commission on 27 March 2024(13), and the Commission communication of 27 March 2024 on the 9th Cohesion Report (COM(2024)0149),

    –  having regard to the study entitled ‘The future of EU cohesion: Scenarios and their impacts on regional inequalities’, published by the European Parliamentary Research Service in December 2024,

    –  having regard to the Commission report of February 2024 entitled ‘Forging a sustainable future together – Cohesion for a competitive and inclusive Europe’(14),

    –  having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee of 31 May 2024 on the 9th Cohesion Report(15),

    –  having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions of 21 November 2024 entitled ‘A renewed Cohesion Policy post 2027 that leaves no one behind – CoR responses to the 9th Cohesion Report and the Report of the Group of High-Level Specialists on the Future of Cohesion Policy’,

    –  having regard to the report entitled ‘The future of European competitiveness – A competitiveness strategy for Europe’, published by the Commission on 9 September 2024,

    –  having regard to the agreement adopted at the 21st Conference of the Parties to the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (COP21) in Paris on 12 December 2015 (the Paris Agreement),

    –  having regard to the study entitled ‘Streamlining EU Cohesion Funds: addressing administrative burdens and redundancy’, published by its Directorate-General for Internal Policies of the Union in November 2024(16),

    –  having regard to a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 May 2025 on the Border Regions’ Instrument for Development and Growth in the EU (BRIDGEforEU)(17),

    –  having regard to the Commission communication of 3 May 2022 entitled ‘Putting people first, securing sustainable and inclusive growth, unlocking the potential of the EU’s outermost regions’ (COM(2022)0198),

    –  having regard to the opinion in the form of a letter from the Committee on Agriculture and Rural Development(18),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 25 March 2021 on cohesion policy and regional environment strategies in the fight against climate change(19),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 20 May 2021 on reversing demographic trends in EU regions using cohesion policy instruments(20),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 14 September 2021 entitled ‘Towards a stronger partnership with the EU outermost regions(21),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 15 September 2022 on economic, social and territorial cohesion in the EU: the 8th Cohesion Report(22),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 21 November 2023 on possibilities to increase the reliability of audits and controls by national authorities in shared management(23),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 23 November 2023 on harnessing talent in Europe’s regions(24),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 14 March 2024 entitled ‘Cohesion policy 2014-2020 – implementation and outcomes in the Member States(25),

    –  having regard to Rule 55 of its Rules of Procedure,

    –  having regard to the report of the Committee on Regional Development (A10-0066/2025),

    A.  whereas cohesion policy is at the heart of EU policies and is the EU’s main tool for investments in sustainable economic, social and territorial development, and contributing to the Green Deal objectives, across the EU under its multiannual financial frameworks for the periods of 2014-2020 and 2021-2027; whereas cohesion policy, as mandated by the Treaties, is fundamental for a well-functioning and thriving internal market by promoting the development of all regions in the EU, and especially the less developed ones;

    B.  whereas cohesion policy has fostered economic, social and territorial convergence in the EU, notably by increasing the gross domestic products, for example, of central and eastern EU Member States, which went from 43 % of the EU average in 1995 to around 80 % in 2023; whereas the 9th Cohesion Report highlights that, by the end of 2022, cohesion policy supported over 4,4 million businesses, creating more than 370 000 jobs in these companies; whereas it also underlines that cohesion policy generates a significant return on investment, and that each euro invested in the 2014–2020 and 2021–2027 programmes will have generated 1,3 euros of additional GDP in the Union by 2030; whereas cohesion policy constituted, on average, around 13 % of total public investment in the EU(26);

    C.  whereas the Commission report entitled ‘The long-term vision for the EU’s rural areas: key achievements and ways forward’, presented alongside the ninth Cohesion Report, underlines that EUR 24,6 billion, or 8 % of the rural development pillar of the common agricultural policy, is directed towards investments in rural areas beyond farming investments, setting the scene for a debate on the future of rural areas;

    D.  whereas between 2021 and 2027, cohesion policy will have invested over EUR 140 billion in the green and digital transitions(27), to help improve networks and infrastructure, support nature conservation, improve green and digital skills and foster job creation and services for the public;

    E.  whereas despite the widely acknowledged and proven positive impact of cohesion policy on social, economic and territorial convergence, significant challenges remain, marked notably by development disparities at sub-national level, within regions and in regions caught in a development trap, and by the impact of climate change, in terms of demography, the digital and green transitions, and connectivity, but also in terms of sustainable economic development, in particular in least developed regions and rural and remote areas;

    F.  whereas cohesion policy and sectoral programmes of the EU have repeatedly and efficiently helped regions to respond effectively to emergencies and asymmetric shocks such as the COVID-19 crisis, Brexit, the energy crisis and the refugee crisis caused by Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, as well as natural disasters, even though it is a long-term, structural policy and not a crisis management instrument or the ‘go-to’ emergency response funding mechanism; whereas such crises have delayed the implementation of the European Structural and Investment Funds and whereas a considerable number of projects financed with Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) funds have been taken for the most part from projects that had been slated for investment under cohesion policy;

    G.  whereas despite measures already taken for the 2014-2020 and 2021-2027 periods, the regulatory framework governing the use and administration of cohesion policy instruments and funds should be further simplified and interoperable digital tools better used and developed, including the establishment of one-stop digitalised service centres, with the objective of streamlining procedures, enhancing stakeholder trust, reducing the administrative burden, increasing flexibility in fund management and speeding up payments, not only for the relevant authorities but also for the final beneficiaries; whereas it is necessary to increase the scope for using funds more flexibly, including the possibility of financing the development of dual-use products; whereas it is of utmost importance to formulate any future cohesion policy with a strategic impetus throughout the funding period, which could, however, be reassessed at midterm;

    H.  whereas the low absorption rate of the 2021-2027 cohesion policy funds, currently at just 6 %, is not because of a lack of need from Member States or regions, but rather stems from delays in the approval of operational programmes, the transition period between financial frameworks, the prioritisation of NextGenerationEU by national managing authorities, limited administrative capacity and complex bureaucratic procedures; whereas Member States and regions may not rush to absorb all available funds as they anticipate a possible extension under the N+2 or N+3 rules;

    I.  whereas radical modifications to the cohesion regulatory framework, from one programming period to the next, contribute to generating insecurity among the authorities responsible and beneficiaries, gold-plating legislation, increasing error rates (and the accompanying negative reputational and financial consequences), delays in implementation and, ultimately, disaffection among beneficiaries and the general population;

    J.  whereas there is sometimes competition between cohesion funds, emergency funds and sectoral policies;

    K.  whereas demographic changes vary significantly across EU regions, with the populations of some Member States facing a projected decline in the coming years and others projected to grow; whereas demographic changes also take place between regions, including movement away from outermost regions, but are generally observed as movement from rural to urban areas within Member States, wherein women are leaving rural areas in greater numbers than men, but also to metropolitan areas, where villages around big cities encounter difficulties in investing in basic infrastructure; whereas the provision of essential services such as healthcare, education and transportation must be reinforced in all regions, with a particular focus on rural and remote areas; whereas a stronger focus is needed on areas suffering from depopulation and inadequate services, requiring targeted measures to encourage young people to remain through entrepreneurship projects, high-quality agriculture and sustainable tourism;

    L.  whereas taking account of the ageing population is crucial in order to ensure justice among the generations and thereby to strengthen participation, especially among young people;

    M.  whereas urban areas are burdened by new challenges resulting from the population influx to cities, as well as rising housing and energy prices, requiring the necessary housing development, new environmental protection and energy-saving measures, such as accelerated deep renovation to combat energy poverty and promote energy efficiency; whereas the EU cohesion policy should help to contribute to an affordable and accessible housing market for all people in the EU, especially for low- and middle-income households, urban residents, families with children, women and young people;

    N.  whereas effective implementation of the Urban Agenda for the EU can enhance the capacity of cities to contribute to cohesion objectives, thereby improving the quality of life of citizens and guaranteeing a more efficient use of the EU’s financial resources;

    O.  whereas particular attention needs to be paid to rural areas, as well as areas affected by industrial transition and EU regions that suffer from severe and permanent natural or demographic handicaps, brain drain, climate-related risks and water scarcity, such as the outermost regions, and in particular islands located at their peripheries or at the periphery of the EU, sparsely populated regions, islands, mountainous areas and cross-border regions, as well as coastal and maritime regions;

    P.  whereas Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine has created a new geopolitical reality that has had a strong impact on the employment, economic development and opportunities, and general well-being of the population living in regions bordering Ukraine, Belarus and Russia, as well as candidate countries such as Ukraine and Moldova, which therefore require special attention and support, including by accordingly adapting cohesion policy; whereas this war has led to an unprecedented number of people seeking shelter in the EU, placing an additional burden on local communities and services; whereas the collective security of the EU is strongly dependent on the vitality and well-being of regions situated at the EU’s external borders;

    Q.  whereas the unique situation of Northern Ireland requires a bespoke approach building on the benefits of PEACE programmes examining how wider cohesion policy can benefit the process of reconciliation;

    R.  whereas 79 % of citizens who are aware of EU-funded projects under cohesion policy believe that EU-funded projects have a positive impact on the regions(28), which contributes to a pro-EU attitude;

    S.  whereas overall awareness of EU-funded projects under cohesion policy has decreased by 2 percentage points since 2021(29), meaning that greater decentralisation should be pursued to bring cohesion policy even closer to the citizen;

    1.  Insists that the regional and local focus, place-based approach and strategic planning of cohesion policy, as well as its decentralised programming and implementation model based on the partnership principle with strengthened implementation of the European code of conduct, the involvement of economic and civil society actors, and multi-level governance, are key and positive elements of the policy, and determine its effectiveness; is firmly convinced that this model of cohesion policy should be continued in all regions and deepened where possible as the EU’s main long-term investment instrument for reducing disparities, ensuring economic, social and territorial cohesion, and stimulating regional and local sustainable growth in line with EU strategies, protecting the environment, and as a key contributor to EU competitiveness and just transition, as well as helping to cope with new challenges ahead;

    2.  Calls for a clear demarcation between cohesion policy and other instruments, in order to avoid overlaps and competition between EU instruments, ensure complementarity of the various interventions and increase visibility and readability of EU support; in this context, notes that the RRF funds are committed to economic development and growth, without specifically focusing on economic, social and territorial cohesion between regions; is concerned about the Commission’s plans to apply a performance-based approach to the European Structural and Investment Funds (ESIF); acknowledges that performance-based mechanisms can be instrumental in making the policy more efficient and results-orientated, but cautions against a one-size-fits-all imposition of the model and expresses serious doubt about ideas to link the disbursement of ESIF to the fulfilment of centrally defined reform goals, even more so if the reform goals do not fall within the scope of competence of the regional level;

    3.  Is opposed to any form of top-down centralisation reform of EU funding programmes, including those under shared management, such as the cohesion policy and the common agricultural policy, and advocates for greater decentralisation of decision-making to the local and regional levels; calls for enhanced involvement of local and regional authorities and economic and civil society actors at every stage of EU shared management programmes, from preparation and programming to implementation, delivery and evaluation, keeping in mind that the economic and social development of, and territorial cohesion between, regions can only be accomplished on the basis of good cooperation between all actors;

    4.  Emphasises that the European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD) plays a key role, alongside cohesion policy funds, in supporting rural areas; stresses that the EAFRD’s design must align with the rules of cohesion policy funds to boost synergies and facilitate multi-funded rural development projects;

    5.  Is convinced that cohesion policy can only continue to play its role if it has solid funding; underlines that this implies that future cohesion policy must be provided with robust funding for the post-2027 financial period; stresses that it is necessary to provide funding that is ambitious enough and easily accessible to allow cohesion policy to continue to fulfil its role as the EU’s main investment policy, while retaining the flexibility to meet potential new challenges, including the possibility of financing the development of dual-use products, and to enable local authorities, stakeholders and beneficiaries to effectively foster local development; is of the firm opinion that the capacity to offer flexible responses to unpredictable challenges should not come at the expense of the clear long-term strategic focus and objectives of cohesion policy;

    6.  Underlines the importance of the next EU multiannual financial framework (MFF) and the mid-term review of cohesion policy programmes 2021-2027 in shaping the future of cohesion policy; reiterates the need for a more ambitious post-2027 cohesion policy in the next MFF 2028-2034; calls, therefore, for the upcoming MFF to ensure that cohesion policy continues to receive at least the same level of funding as in the current period in real terms; furthermore calls for cohesion policy to remain a separate heading in the new MFF; stresses that cohesion policy should be protected from statistical effects that may alter the eligibility of regions by changing the average EU GDP; reiterates the need for new EU own resources;

    7.  Proposes, therefore, that next MFF be more responsive to unforeseen needs, including with sufficient margins and flexibilities from the outset; emphasises in this regard, however, that cohesion policy is not a crisis instrument and that it should not deviate from its main objectives, namely from its long-term investment nature; calls for the European Union Solidarity Fund to be strengthened, including in its pre-financing, making it less bureaucratic and more easily accessible, in order to develop an appropriate instrument capable of responding adequately to the economic, social and territorial consequences of future natural disasters or health emergencies; emphasises the need for Parliament to have adequate control over any emergency funds and instruments;

    8.  Recognises the need to also use nomenclature of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) 3 classification for specific cases, in a manner that recognises that inequalities in development exist within all NUTS 2 regions; is of the opinion that regional GDP per capita must remain the main criterion for determining Member States’ allocations under cohesion policy; welcomes the fact that, following Parliament’s persistent calls, the Commission has begun considering additional criteria(30) such as greenhouse gas emissions, population density, education levels and unemployment rates, in order to provide a better socio-economic overview of the regions;

    9.  Stresses that the rule of law conditionality is an overarching conditionality, recognising and enforcing respect for the rule of law, also as an enabling condition for cohesion policy funding, to ensure that Union resources are used in a transparent, fair and responsible manner with sound financial management; considers it necessary to reinforce respect for the rule of law and fundamental rights, and to ensure that all actions are consistent with supporting democratic principles, gender equality and human rights, including workers’ rights, the rights of disabled people and children’s rights, in the implementation of cohesion policy; highlights the important role of the European Anti-Fraud Office and the European Public Prosecutor’s Office in protecting the financial interests of the Union;

    10.  Calls for further efforts to simplify, make more flexible, strengthen synergies and streamline the rules and administrative procedures governing cohesion policy funds at EU, national and regional level, taking full advantage of the technologies available to increase accessibility and efficiency, building on the existing and well-established shared management framework, in order to strengthen confidence among users, thus encouraging the participation of a broader range of economic and civil society actors in projects supported and maximising the funds’ impact; calls for further initiatives enabling better absorption of cohesion funds, including increased co-financing levels, higher pre-financing and faster investment reimbursements; calls for local administration, in particular representing smaller communities, to be technically trained for better administrative management of the funds; stresses, therefore, the importance of strengthening the single audit principle, further expanding simplified cost options and reducing duplicating controls and audits that overlap with national and regional oversight for the same project and beneficiary, with a view to eliminating the possibility of repeating errors in subsequent years of implementation;

    11.  Calls on the Commission and the Member States to give regions greater flexibility already at the programming stage, in order to cater for their particular needs and specificities, emphasising the need to involve the economic and civil society actors; underlines that thematic concentration was a key element in aligning cohesion policy with Europe 2020 objectives; asks the Commission, therefore, to present all findings related to the implementation of thematic concentration and to draw lessons for future legislative proposals;

    12.  Acknowledges that the green, digital and demographic transitions present significant challenges but, at the same time, opportunities to achieve the objective of economic, social and territorial cohesion; recognises that, statistically, high-income areas can hide the economic problems within a region; is aware of the risk of a widening of regional disparities, a deepening of social inequalities and a rising ‘geography of discontent’ related to the transition process; underlines the need to reach the EU’s sustainability and climate objectives, and to maintain shared economic growth by strengthening the Union’s competitiveness; calls, therefore, for a European strategy that guarantees harmonious growth within the Union, meeting the respective regions’ specific needs; reaffirms its commitment to pursuing the green and digital transitions, as this will create opportunities to improve the EU’s competitiveness; underlines the need to invest in infrastructure projects that enhance connectivity, particularly in sustainable, intelligent transport, and in energy and digital networks, ensuring that all regions, including remote and less-developed ones, are fully integrated into the single market and benefit equitably from the opportunities it provides; emphasises, in this context, the need to support the development of green industries, fostering local specificities and traditions to increase the resilience of the economic environment and civil society to future challenges;

    13.  Urges that the cohesion policy remain consistent with a push towards increasing innovation and completing the EU single market, in line with the conclusions of the Draghi report on European competitiveness; underlines, in the context of regional disparities, the problem of the persisting innovation divide and advocates for a tailored, place-based approach to fostering innovation and economic convergence across regions and reducing the innovation gap; calls for a stronger role for local and regional innovation in building competitive research and innovation ecosystems and promoting territorial cohesion; points to new EU initiatives, such as regional innovation valleys and partnerships for regional innovation, that aim to connect territories with different levels of innovation performance and tackle the innovation gap; considers that this approach will reinforce regional autonomy, allowing local and regional authorities to shape EU policies and objectives in line with their specific needs, characteristics and capacities, while safeguarding the partnership principle;

    14.  Is convinced that cohesion policy needs to continue to foster the principle of just transition, addressing the specific needs of regions, while leaving no territory and no one behind; calls for continued financing of the just transition process, with the Just Transition Fund being fully integrated into the Common Provisions Regulation and endowed with reinforced financial means for the post-2027 programming period; emphasises, nonetheless, the need to assess the impact of the Just Transition Fund on the transformation of eligible regions and, while ensuring it remains part of cohesion policy, refine its approach in the new MFF on the basis of the findings and concrete measures to ensure the economic and social well-being of affected communities;

    15.  Underlines the need to improve the relationship between cohesion policy and EU economic governance, while avoiding a punitive approach; stresses that the European Semester should comply with cohesion policy objectives under Articles 174 and 175 TFEU; calls for the participation of the regions in the fulfilment of these objectives and for a stronger territorial approach; calls for a process of reflection on the concept of macroeconomic conditionality and for the possibility to be explored of replacing this concept with new forms of conditionality to better reflect the new challenges ahead;

    16.  Is concerned about the growing number of regions in a development trap, which are stagnating economically and are suffering from sharp demographic decline and limited access to essential services; calls, therefore, for an upward adjustment in co-financing for projects aimed at strengthening essential services; stresses the role of cohesion policy instruments in supporting different regions and local areas that are coping with demographic evolution affecting people’s effective right to stay, including, among others, challenges related to depopulation, ageing, gender imbalances, brain drain, skills shortages and workforce imbalances across regions; recognises the need for targeted economic incentives and structural interventions to counteract these phenomena; in this context, calls for the implementation of targeted programmes to attract, develop and retain talent, particularly in regions experiencing significant outflows of skilled workers, by fostering education, culture, entrepreneurship and innovation ecosystems that align with local and regional economic needs and opportunities;

    17.  Recognises the importance of supporting and financing specific solutions for regions with long-standing and serious economic difficulties or severe permanent natural and demographic handicaps; reiterates the need for maintaining and improving the provision of quality essential services (such as education and healthcare), transport and digital connectivity of these regions, fostering their economic diversification and job creation, and helping them respond to challenges such as rural desertification, population ageing, poverty, depopulation, loneliness and isolation, as well as the lack of opportunities for vulnerable people such as persons with disabilities; underlines the need to prioritise the development and adequate funding of strategic sectors, such as renewable energy, sustainable tourism, digital innovation and infrastructure, in a manner that is tailored to the economic potential and resources of each region, in order to create broader conditions for endogenous growth and balanced development across all regions, especially rural, remote and less-developed areas, border regions, islands and outermost regions; recalls the importance of strong rural-urban linkages and particular support for women in rural areas;

    18.  Emphasises the need for a tailored approach for the outermost regions, as defined under Article 349 TFEU, which face unique and cumulative structural challenges due to their remoteness, small market size, vulnerability to climate change and economic dependencies; underlines that these permanent constraints, including the small size of the domestic economy, great distance from the European continent, location near third countries, double insularity for most of them, and limited diversification of the productive sector, result in additional costs and reduced competitiveness, making their adaptation to the green and digital transition particularly complex and costly; underlines their great potential to further develop, inter alia through improved regional connectivity, key sectors such as blue economy, sustainable agriculture, renewable energies, space activities, research or eco-tourism; reiterates its long-standing call on the Commission to duly consider the impact of all newly proposed legislation on the outermost regions, with a view to avoiding disproportionate regulatory burdens and adverse effects on these regions’ economies;

    19.  Underlines the fact that towns, cities and metropolitan areas have challenges of their own, such as considerable pockets of poverty, housing problems, traffic congestion and poor air quality, generating challenges for social and economic cohesion created by inharmonious territorial development; emphasises the need for a specific agenda for cities and calls for deepening their links with functional urban areas, encompassing smaller cities and towns, to ensure that economic and social benefits are spread more evenly across the entire territory; highlights the need to strengthen coordination between the initiatives of the Urban Agenda for the EU and the instruments of cohesion policy, favouring an integrated approach that takes into account territorial specificities and emerging challenges; calls, furthermore, for more direct access to EU funding for regional and local authorities, as well as cities and urban authorities, by inter alia widening the use of integrated territorial investments (ITI);

    20.  Stresses the need to continue and strengthen investments in affordable housing within the cohesion policy framework, recognising its significance for both regions and cities; highlights the need to foster its changes relevant to investing in housing beyond the two current possibilities (energy efficiency and social housing); emphasises the important role that cohesion policy plays in the roll-out and coordination of these initiatives; believes, furthermore, that it is important to include housing affordability in the URBACT initiative;

    21.  Stresses the strategic importance of strong external border regions for the security and resilience of the EU; calls on the Commission to support the Member States and regions affected by Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine, in particular the regions on the EU’s eastern border, by revising the Guidelines on regional State aid(31), through tailor-made tools and investments under the cohesion policy, as well as supporting them to make the most of the possibilities offered by the cohesion policy funds, including Interreg, in a flexible way, to help cope with the detrimental socio-economic impact of the war on their populations and territories; calls, furthermore, for support to be given to regions bordering candidate countries such as Ukraine and Moldova to strengthen connections and promote their EU integration;

    22.  Highlights the added value of territorial cooperation in general and cross-border cooperation in particular; underlines the importance of Interreg for cross-border regions, including outermost regions; emphasises its important role in contributing to their development and overcoming cross-border obstacles, including building trust across borders, developing transport links, identifying and reducing legal and administrative obstacles and increasing the provision and use of cross-border public services, among others; considers Interreg as the main EU instrument for tackling the persistent cross-border obstacles faced by emergency services, and proposes that there be a more prominent focus on these services; underlines the fact that cross-border areas, including areas at the EU’s external borders, bordering aggressor countries often face specific challenges; believes that EU border regions, facing multiple challenges, must be supported and is of the opinion that they must be provided with increased means; welcomes the new regulation on BRIDGEforEU; emphasises the importance of small-scale and cross-border projects and stresses the need for effective implementation on the ground; calls on the Commission to encourage Member States to actively support awareness-raising campaigns in bordering regions to maximise the impact of cross-border cooperation;

    23.  Recalls the need to ‘support cohesion’, rather than just rely on the ‘do no harm to cohesion’ principle, which means that no action should hamper the convergence process or contribute to regional disparities; calls for a stronger integration of these principles as cross-cutting in all EU policies, to ensure that they support the objectives of social, economic and territorial cohesion, as set out in Articles 3 and 174 TFEU; calls, furthermore, on the Commission to issue specific guidelines on how to implement and enforce these principles across EU policies, paying particular attention to the impact of EU laws on the competitiveness of less developed regions; reiterates that new legislative proposals need to take due account of local and regional realities; suggests that the Commission draw on innovative tools such as RegHUB (the network of regional hubs) to collect data on the impact of EU policies on the regions; to this end, underlines the need to strengthen the territorial impact assessment of EU legislation, with a simultaneous strengthening of the territorial aspects of other relevant policies; insists that promoting cohesion should also be seen as a way of fostering solidarity and mutual support among Member States and their regions; calls on the Commission and the Member States to continue their efforts regarding communication and visibility of the benefits of cohesion policy, demonstrating to citizens the EU’s tangible impact and serving as a key tool in addressing Euroscepticism; welcomes the launch of the multilingual version of the Kohesio platform;

    24.  Notes with concern the severe decline in recent years of adequate levels of national funding by Member States towards their poorer regions; recalls the importance of respecting the EU rule on additionality; calls on the Commission to ensure that national authorities take due account of internal cohesion in drafting and implementing structural and investment fund projects;

    25.  Insists that, in addition to adjusting to regional needs, cohesion policy must be adapted to the smallest scale, i.e. funds must be accessible to the smallest projects and project bearers; points out that their initiatives are often the most innovative and have a significant impact on rural development; reiterates that these funds should be accessible to all, regardless of their size or scope; approves of the Cohesion Alliance’s call for ‘a post-2027 Cohesion Policy that leaves no one behind’;

    26.  Stresses that delays in the MFF negotiations, together with the fact that Member States have placed a greater focus on the programming of the RRF funds, led to considerable delays in the programming period 2021-2027; stresses the importance of a timely agreement in the next framework, and therefore calls for the Common Provisions Regulation (CPR) and the budget negotiations to be finalised at least one year before the start of the new funding period so that Member States can develop their national and regional funding strategies in good time to ensure a successful transition to the next funding period and the continuation of existing ESIF projects;

    27.  Instructs its President to forward this resolution to the Council, the Commission, the European Economic and Social Committee, the European Committee of the Regions and the national and regional parliaments of the Member States.

    (1) OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, p. 159, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/1060/oj.
    (2) OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, p. 60, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/1058/oj.
    (3) OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, p. 94, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/1059/oj.
    (4) OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, p. 21, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/1057/oj.
    (5) OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/1056/oj.
    (6) OJ L 435, 6.12.2021, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/2115/oj.
    (7) OJ L 99, 31.3.2020, p. 5, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/460/oj.
    (8) OJ L 130, 24.4.2020, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/558/oj.
    (9) OJ L 99, 31.3.2020, p. 9, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/461/oj.
    (10) OJ L 437, 28.12.2020, p. 30, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/2221/oj.
    (11) OJ L 109, 8.4.2022, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2022/562/oj.
    (12) OJ L 275, 25.10.2022, p. 23, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2022/2039/oj.
    (13) European Commission: Directorate-General for Regional and Urban Policy, Ninth report on economic, social and territorial cohesion, 2024.
    (14) European Commission: Directorate-General for Regional and Urban Policy, Forging a sustainable future together: Cohesion for a competitive and inclusive Europe – Report of the High-Level Group on the Future of Cohesion Policy, February 2024.
    (15) OJ C, C/2024/4668, 9.8.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/4668/oj.
    (16) European Parliament: Policy Department for Structural and Cohesion Policies, Directorate-General for Internal Policies, Streamlining EU Cohesion funds – addressing administrative burdens and redundancy, 2024.
    (17) Not yet published in the Official Journal.
    (18) Not yet published in the Official Journal.
    (19) OJ C 494, 8.12.2021, p. 26.
    (20) OJ C 15, 12.1.2022, p. 125.
    (21) OJ C 117, 11.3.2022, p. 18.
    (22) OJ C 125, 5.4.2023, p. 100.
    (23) OJ C, C/2024/4207, 24.7.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/4207/oj.
    (24) OJ C, C/2024/4225, 24.7.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/4225/oj.
    (25) OJ C, C/2024/6562, 12.11.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/6562/oj.
    (26) European Commission, Ninth report on economic, social and territorial cohesion, op.cit.
    (27) European Commission: Ninth report on economic, social and territorial cohesion, op. cit.
    (28) European Commission: Directorate-General for Regional and Urban Policy and Directorate-General for Communication, Citizens’ awareness and perceptions of EU Regional Policy, Flash Eurobarometer 531, 2023.
    (29) Flash Eurobarometer 531, op. cit.
    (30) European Court of Auditors, Rapid case review – Allocation of Cohesion policy funding to Member States for 2021-2027, March 2019.
    (31) Commission communication of 29 April 2021 entitled ‘Guidelines on regional State aid’ (OJ C 153, 29.4.2021, p. 1).

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – CO2 emission performance standards for new passenger cars and new light commercial vehicles for 2025 to 2027 – P10_TA(2025)0099 – Thursday, 8 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    (Text with EEA relevance)

    THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,

    Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular Article 192(1) thereof,

    Having regard to the proposal from the European Commission,

    After transmission of the draft legislative act to the national parliaments,

    Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee(1),

    After consulting the Committee of the Regions,

    Acting in accordance with the ordinary legislative procedure(2),

    Whereas:

    (1)  Regulation (EU) 2019/631 of the European Parliament and of the Council(3) sets the CO2 emission performance standards for new passenger cars and new light commercial vehicles that form a key part of the Union framework to reduce net greenhouse gas emissions by at least 55 % compared to 1990 levels by 2030 and to achieve economy-wide climate-neutrality by 2050.

    (2)  In response to a request from stakeholders for additional compliance flexibility on CO2 targets as regards the period 2025 to 2027, it is appropriate to urgently adopt an amendment that provides for a one-off flexibility for those three years in respect of calculating compliance with CO2 emission performance standards, while maintaining the targets for reducing CO2 emissions.

    (3)  During the period 2025 to 2027, manufacturers should ensure that the average specific emissions of CO2 of their vehicles do not exceed an emissions target, calculated as the average of their annual specific emissions targets over that period. Compliance with those targets should be assessed at the end of the three-year period for each individual manufacturer. The excess emission premiums should be calculated accordingly.

    (4)  In order to align the pooling provisions with the additional compliance flexibility in the years 2025 to 2027, it should be possible to enter into pooling agreements for the calendar year 2025 or 2026 until the end of 2027.

    (5)  Since the objective of this Regulation, namely to provide additional flexibility for the CO2 compliance in the period 2025 to 2027 while preserving the CO2 emissions reduction requirements for both new passenger cars and new light commercial vehicles, cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States, but can rather, by reason of its scale and effects, be better achieved at Union level, the Union may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty on European Union. In accordance with the principle of proportionality as set out in that Article, this Regulation does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve that objective.

    (6)  In view of the urgency to provide an additional flexibility for the CO2 compliance in the period 2025 to 2027 while preserving the CO2 emissions reduction requirements for both new passenger cars and new light commercial vehicles, it is considered to be appropriate to invoke the exception to the eight-week period provided for in Article 4 of Protocol No 1 on the role of national Parliaments in the European Union, annexed to the Treaty on European Union, to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union and to the Treaty establishing the European Atomic Energy Community.

    (7)  Regulation (EU) 2019/631 should therefore be amended accordingly,

    HAVE ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

    Article 1

    Regulation (EU) 2019/631 is amended as follows:

    (1)  in Article 4, the following paragraph is inserted:”

    ‘1a. By way of derogation from paragraph 1, for the three-year period comprising the calendar years 2025 to 2027, a manufacturer, including when it is a member of a pool, shall ensure that its average specific emissions of CO2 over that period do not exceed its specific emissions target over that period.

    Those average specific emissions of CO2 shall be calculated as the average over the three-year period of the annual average specific emissions of CO2 weighted according to the number of newly registered vehicles for the manufacturer in each calendar year.

    The specific emissions target shall be calculated as the average over the three-year period of the annual specific emissions targets determined in accordance with point 6.3 of Part A or Part B of Annex I or, where a manufacturer is granted a derogation under Article 10, in accordance with that derogation, weighted according to the number of newly registered vehicles for the manufacturer in each calendar year.

    For each calendar year in which a manufacturer was included in a pool, the annual average specific emissions of CO2 and the annual specific emissions target to be used for those calculations shall be the values for that pool.’;

    (2)  in Article 6(2), the following subparagraph is added:”

    ‘By way of derogation from the first subparagraph, an agreement to form a pool covering the calendar year 2025 or 2026 may be entered into up to 31 December 2027.’;

    (3)  in Article 8(1), the following subparagraph is added:”

    ‘By way of derogation from the first subparagraph, with respect to the calendar years 2025 to 2027, the Commission shall impose an excess emissions premium on any manufacturer whose average specific emissions of CO2 over those three years exceed its specific emissions target over the period 2025 to 2027.’.

    Article 2

    This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

    This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.

    Done at …,

    For the European Parliament For the Council

    The President The President

    (1) Opinion of 29 April 2025 (not yet published in the Official Journal).
    (2) Position of the European Parliament of 8 May 2025.
    (3) Regulation (EU) 2019/631 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 April 2019 setting CO2 emission performance standards for new passenger cars and for new light commercial vehicles, and repealing Regulations (EC) No 443/2009 and (EU) No 510/2011 (OJ L 111, 25.4.2019, p. 13, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2019/631/oj).

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Old challenges and new commercial practices in the internal market – P10_TA(2025)0107 – Thursday, 8 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    The European Parliament,

    –  having regard to its resolution of 18 January 2023 on the 30th anniversary of the single market: celebrating achievements and looking towards future developments(1),

    –  having regard to the report by Enrico Letta of 17 April 2024 entitled ‘Much more than a Market’ (the Letta report),

    –  having regard to the report by Mario Draghi of 9 September 2024 entitled ‘The future of European competitiveness’ (the Draghi report),

    –  having regard to the Commission communication of 29 January 2025 entitled ‘the 2025 Annual Single Market and Competitiveness Report’ (COM(2025)0026),

    –  having regard to the Commission communication of 29 January 2025 entitled ‘A Competitiveness Compass for the EU’ (COM(2025)0030),

    –  having regard to the Commission communication of 11 February 2025 entitled ‘A simpler and faster Europe: Communication on implementation and simplification (COM(2025)0047),

    –  having regard to the question to the Commission on the old challenges and new commercial practices in the internal market (O-000012/2025 – B10‑0264/2025),

    –  having regard to Rules 142(5) and 136(2) of its Rules of Procedure,

    A.  whereas the European Union’s ability to compete and prosper in the global economy is vital, especially amid the current geopolitical challenges and climate and other environmental crises; whereas its current, medium and long-term competitiveness relies on a fully integrated and efficient single market that allows European businesses to innovate and prosper and prioritises the reduction of administrative burdens;

    B.  whereas the single market, comprising nearly 450 million citizens and 23 million businesses, generates a gross domestic product (GDP) of EUR 17 trillion, positioning the EU among the world’s three largest economies and contributing approximately one-sixth of global economic output;

    C.  whereas the Draghi report demonstrated that compliance costs resulting from various pieces of legislation remain very high for European companies, therefore hindering European innovation capacity;

    D.  whereas it remains crucial to improve the functioning of the single market by addressing persisting fragmentation through common, harmonised EU policies, more efficient implementation and enforcement, and the simplification of EU rules; whereas reducing administrative burdens and costs, especially for small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), can help foster innovation and support European businesses; whereas unlocking the full potential of the single market requires overcoming persistent barriers to the free movement of goods and services;

    E.  whereas the rapid expansion of digital platforms and e-commerce has introduced new market dynamics and whereas evolving trends in global e-commerce are exerting additional pressure on customs controls, market surveillance and consumer protection authorities;

    F.  whereas geopolitical shifts and global economic transformations are reshaping supply chains, requiring the EU to adapt its single market policies; whereas the EU has set the highest standards for product safety and consumer protection, both offline and online;

    G.  whereas attention has been drawn to a growing number of cases reported across the EU in which goods and services offer reduced quantity or quality, despite stable or rising prices;

    Old and enduring challenges

    1.  Reaffirms that the single market has been a cornerstone of European economic integration, enabling the free movement of goods, services, capital and people; stresses, however, that there are long-standing and emerging challenges that necessitate ambitious reforms without harming European competitiveness or imposing unnecessary administrative burdens on companies; calls on the Commission and the Member States to accelerate efforts towards implementing these reforms and to eliminate remaining unjustified obstacles to the free movement of goods and services, while ensuring a high level of consumer protection;

    2.  Calls on the Commission and the Member States to maintain strong consumer protection while also providing for competition rules that are innovation-friendly, future-proof and proportionate; emphasises the need to ensure legal certainty and consistency and minimise regulatory complexity and fragmentation, which could disproportionately affect SMEs, start-ups and scale-ups;

    3.  Highlights that ongoing barriers and regulations have constrained the development of the single market, as noted in the Draghi report; calls for a shift towards a regulatory approach that empowers companies to grow, innovate and lead internationally, thereby restoring the single market as a true engine of growth and competitiveness;

    4.  Calls on the Commission to ensure that future legislative initiatives are consistently guided by the strategic priorities outlined in its communications and competitiveness strategy;

    5.  Underscores that, as demonstrated by the Letta and Draghi reports, there is still untapped potential in the services sector; calls for further action in this sector to address the significant obstacles that persist, starting from setting ambitious targets in the upcoming single market strategy; notes that services account for three quarters of EU GDP, represent two thirds of employment and create 9 out of 10 new jobs in the EU economy; notes also, however, that services are still the least developed segment of the EU single market;

    6.  Welcomes the proposal for a regulation on a public interface connected to the Internal Market Information System for the declaration of posting of workers and amending Regulation (EU) No 1024/2012 (COM(2024)0531), which should lead to simplification and strengthened enforcement; notes also that digitalisation could significantly reduce administrative burdens for cross-border services and ensure better access for businesses and consumers; calls, in this regard, for a single declaration portal and the digitalisation of A1 forms for cross-border services;

    7.  Stresses the importance of the effective recognition of professional qualifications and the removal of unjustified barriers to the free movement of professionals in order to make EU professional services globally competitive in future decades; encourages the Commission to remain vigilant in pursuing infringement procedures where Member States do not comply with EU legislation on the recognition of qualifications;

    8.  Stresses that single market rules should safeguard access to public services and preserve consumer rights as well as other overriding reasons of public interest; adds that any assessment to evaluate restrictions in the single market for services should include qualitative criteria;

    9.  Notes the role that EU public procurement can play in overcoming barriers to market entry, supporting sustainable and resilient industrial ecosystems, high quality jobs and value creation in the EU;

    10.  Acknowledges that the new legislative framework (NLF) has contributed to consistency in EU product legislation and that since its adoption, the industry sector, supply chains and products have experienced important transformations in the light of the digital and green transition, but also changes in market dynamics; notes that the 2022 evaluation of the NLF identified critical challenges, such as potential foreign influence, illegal practices, inadequacies in addressing digitalisation and the circular economy, and potential updates to obligations and definitions for certain economic operators to reflect new market realities;

    11.  Stresses that addressing these issues and making the NLF future-proof is essential to ensure coherence, reduce costs and ensure free movement of goods; calls, therefore, for an update to the NLF in order to streamline product rules, promote digitalisation and simplify compliance and market surveillance procedures; considers that the NLF should promote the use of Digital Product Passports as a means of demonstrating product conformity and complying with information requirements;

    12.  Calls on the Commission and the Member States to simplify EU rules and make them easier to implement, and to significantly reduce administrative burdens, in particular for SMEs, which play a vital role in sustaining local communities and economies; stresses the importance of ensuring legal certainty and consistency for businesses, as well as predictability for long-term investments, which are essential to boost competitiveness, innovation and resilience and to deliver fast and meaningful improvements for consumers and businesses; calls, furthermore, on the Member States to prevent actions that could compromise the level playing field in the internal market;

    13.  Calls on the Commission to facilitate the activities of SMEs and small mid-caps within the single market, notably with a dedicated simplification omnibus;

    14.  Recognises that inconsistent and fragmented enforcement of EU laws across the Member States continues to distort competition and undermine the single market’s integrity; adds that primary responsibility for enforcement of EU rules lies with the Member States; invites the Commission to make full use of its enforcement powers; calls for improved monitoring and enforcement mechanisms at EU level, such as harmonised rules on minimum levels of checks, harmonised methodologies to conduct these checks and joint inspections, in order to ensure the uniform application of EU law and, where applicable, swift redress for consumers;

    15.  Stresses the importance of maintaining a competitive and dynamic economic environment by safeguarding consumers’ rights and enforcing digital competition rules to address unfair business practices that distort market conditions; calls, furthermore, on the Member States to increase the capacity of market surveillance authorities and customs authorities to ensure effective enforcement of single market rules, particularly in respect of e-commerce and imports from non-EU countries;

    16.  Recalls that territorial supply constraints in the retail and wholesale segments fragment the single market, limit consumer choice and contribute to significant price disparities across the Union, particularly affecting the prices of basic consumer goods; highlights that while competition law penalises some of these practices effectively, many fall outside its scope; calls, therefore, on the Commission to propose measures to address the issue, including stronger enforcement against anti-competitive distribution agreements, in order to safeguard fair competition, thereby ensuring the integrity of the single market;

    17.  Calls on the Commission to investigate the causes for the differentiated levels of the inflation of basic goods and consumer price increases observed in some EU Member States;

    18.  Considers that the single market is a key tool in times of crisis if the Member States can act in a coordinated way; considers that the recently adopted Internal Market Emergency and Resilience Act(2) will be crucial to ensure coordination in order to prevent shortages and ensure the smooth functioning of the single market, including the free movement of essential goods and services throughout the EU;

    19.  Calls on the Commission to empower consumers to easily exercise their passenger rights by establishing national enforcement bodies, which should be granted harmonised investigation and enforcement powers and which should be able to efficiently process individual complaints and related fines;

    20.  Highlights that e-commerce measures targeting geo-blocking, notably the Geoblocking Regulation(3), have been successful in creating a framework for a less fragmented single market and enhancing consumer choice for online shopping; notes with concern that the implementation of the regulation has been inadequate;

    21.  Notes that the European Accessibility Act(4) will become applicable across all EU Member States as of 28 June 2025; stresses the importance of its full and effective implementation by the Member States in order to ensure the harmonisation of accessibility requirements for products and services, thereby guaranteeing their accessibility to persons with disabilities across the EU internal market;

    Emerging commercial practices

    22.  Highlights that the rapid expansion of digital platforms and e-commerce has introduced new market dynamics and has created advanced opportunities and challenges and risks for users; acknowledges that the Digital Markets Act(5) (DMA) and the Digital Services Act(6) (DSA) constitute key legislative instruments ensuring fair competition, contestability and fairness in digital platforms, while also fostering consumer protection and a safer, more trustworthy and more transparent digital environment in the digital economy; calls for proper enforcement of the EU’s new technology legislation to ensure genuine, autonomous and informed consumer choice, protection and fair competition;

    23.  Considers it essential to ensure the effective implementation and enforcement of these two legislative acts and urges the Commission to conclude its ongoing investigations in the framework of the DSA and the DMA;

    24.  Stresses that the implementation of the DSA must fully respect freedom of expression; underlines that actions against illegal content must not restrict lawful speech and calls for transparent enforcement to protect an open and democratic digital space;

    25.  Calls on the Commission and the Member States to ensure that the Artificial Intelligence (AI) Act(7) maintains a risk-based, innovation-friendly approach, ensuring that compliance requirements are proportionate to the actual risks posed by AI applications while respecting the need to ensure a high level of protection of health, safety and fundamental rights;

    26.  Welcomes the Commission’s ‘digital fairness’ fitness check of consumer law and the upcoming public consultation; underlines that some issues remain unaddressed concerning the protection of consumers online, leading to an imbalance between consumers and traders within the digital economy; calls on the Commission to address these issues in the upcoming Digital Fairness Act; believes that digital addiction, online gambling, protection of minors online and persuasive technologies used by online actors, such as targeted advertising, influencer advertising and dark patterns, should fall under the Digital Fairness Act, which should close legal loopholes and be consistent with current legal instruments in order to better protect consumers online, taking into account the need to avoid unnecessary regulatory burdens;

    27.  Notes that evolving trends in global e-commerce and supply chain restructuring are placing greater pressure on customs controls, market surveillance and consumer protection authorities; highlights that the volume of unsafe and illicit products sold on e-commerce platforms, in particular from non-EU countries, has been increasing in recent years; highlights the significance of Digital Product Passports in these processes; calls, therefore, for a reinforced market surveillance framework and a revision of the Consumer Protection Cooperation Regulation(8) and calls on the Council to swiftly adopt its position in order to enable the adoption of the revised Union Customs Code and the establishment of an EU customs authority in 2026;

    28.  Calls on the Member States to allocate sufficient technical, human and financial resources to national authorities; calls on the Member States and the Commission to ensure sufficient funds and expertise to strengthen customs authorities and market surveillance across the Union and to intensify joint activities and EU testing;

    29.  Emphasises the need to strengthen consumer protection in both online and offline markets, ensuring transparency in advertising and pricing, especially concerning dynamic pricing, ensuring fair business practices and stronger safeguards against fraud to foster consumer trust in cross-border commerce and the highest level of protection;

    30.  Stresses that attention has increasingly been drawn to instances where goods and services offer less in terms of quantity or quality while prices remain the same or increase; calls on the Commission to assess the scale and underlying causes of such practices and to explore appropriate measures to enhance transparency and consumer awareness;

    31.  Underlines that environmental sustainability and fair-trade considerations are increasingly shaping commercial practices by playing an important role in consumers’ purchasing decisions and consequently driving businesses towards sustainability; adds that transparency and information for consumers on environmental aspects as well as on socially-responsible and ethical production processes allow consumers to adopt sustainable consumption patterns;

    32.  Calls on the Commission and the Member States to maintain their level of ambition in this regard and work further on EU-wide labelling schemes; recalls that the objective of the Green Claims Directive is to establish a tool to protect consumers against greenwashing by establishing requirements for substantiation and verification;

    33.  Highlights the need to further combat misleading advertising and greenwashing and to strengthen the second-hand market; notes, however, that restrictive sustainability rules may have a negative impact on European competitiveness;

    34.  Highlights that some growing trends in e-commerce raise concerns with regard to goods from non-EU countries not fulfilling EU safety and sustainability requirements, thus negatively impacting SMEs in the EU; welcomes the Commission communication on ‘A comprehensive EU toolbox for safe and sustainable e-commerce’ and asks the Commission to swiftly implement the recommendations contained therein;

    35.  Emphasises that harmonised technical standards are essential for the free movement of goods within the single market, ensuring product safety, quality and performance across the Member States; highlights that standards must reflect the interests, policy objectives and values of the Union by taking into account the views of all stakeholders; adds that the recent Court of Justice of the European Union ruling(9) acknowledges the added value of harmonised standards that form part of EU law because of their legal effects and establishes that they should be made freely accessible; underlines the need to improve the agility of the standardisation framework, particularly for emerging green and digital value chains, and to help industry to maintain competitive positions in key technology markets;

    36.  Considers that the EU must increase its efforts to set up a new mechanism with the Member States and national standardisation bodies to share information, coordinate and strengthen the European approach to international standardisation activities; calls for swift action to update the EU standardisation framework in order to speed up the standardisation process to ensure the rapid publication of harmonised standards that grant presumption of conformity and are aligned with international standards to support global trade while encouraging greater industry participation, particularly from SMEs;

    37.  Stresses the need to reinforce the external dimension of the single market to safeguard the EU’s strategic autonomy and global influence and welcomes the gradual integration of EU candidate countries to the single market with a view to their future EU membership; emphasises that the EU’s high regulatory standards can serve as a global benchmark and must be effectively enforced to ensure a level playing field for European businesses; calls on the Commission to intensify regulatory dialogues and political cooperation with other relevant non-EU countries in order to identify common challenges and try to build joint actions, especially concerning e-commerce, digital rules and consumers;

    38.  Reiterates its call for innovative, complementary and flexible interaction between the ongoing work on the implementation of the EU-Ukraine Association Agreement currently in force and the accession negotiation process, thus allowing for Ukraine’s gradual integration into the EU single market and sectoral programmes;

    Conclusions

    39.  Recognises that geopolitical tensions, climate change, challenges to EU competitiveness and economic disparities pose significant risks to the integrity of the single market; calls for a robust, coordinated and strategic policy response to strengthen the single market;

    40.  Calls for the continued evolution of the single market to address both remaining unjustified barriers and emerging commercial challenges; takes the view that eliminating regulatory fragmentation, promoting simplification, significantly reducing administrative burdens, enhancing enforcement and ensuring resilient supply chains are critical to maintaining the EU’s competitive edge and fair market conditions and enhancing the single market; underlines the importance of consulting all relevant stakeholders in these processes;

    41.  Emphasises the importance of digital transformation, the circular economy and adaptability to global economic shifts in securing the EU’s long-term economic dynamism;

    42.  Reiterates that strengthening the internal and external dimensions of the single market is essential for preserving the EU’s strategic autonomy and competitiveness;

    43.  Urges the Commission, therefore, to reflect the foregoing in the forthcoming new single market strategy, scheduled for June 2025, in the 2030 consumer agenda, scheduled for the end of 2025, and in the Digital Fairness Act, scheduled for 2026;

    o
    o   o

    44.  Instructs its President to forward this resolution to the Council and the Commission.

    (1) OJ C 214, 16.6.2023, p. 8.
    (2) Regulation (EU) 2024/2747 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 9 October 2024 establishing a framework of measures related to an internal market emergency and to the resilience of the internal market and amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2679/98 (OJ L, 2024/2747, 8.11.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/2747/oj).
    (3) Regulation (EU) 2018/302 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 28 February 2018 on addressing unjustified geo-blocking and other forms of discrimination based on customers’ nationality, place of residence or place of establishment within the internal market and amending Regulations (EC) No 2006/2004 and (EU) 2017/2394 and Directive 2009/22/EC (OJ L 60I, 2.3.2018, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2018/302/oj).
    (4) Directive (EU) 2019/882 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 April 2019 on the accessibility requirements for products and services (OJ L 151, 7.6.2019, p. 70, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2019/882/oj).
    (5) Regulation (EU) 2022/1925 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 September 2022 on contestable and fair markets in the digital sector and amending Directives (EU) 2019/1937 and (EU) 2020/1828 (OJ L 265, 12.10.2022, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2022/1925/oj).
    (6) Regulation (EU) 2022/2065 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 October 2022 on a Single Market For Digital Services and amending Directive 2000/31/EC (OJ L 277, 27.10.2022, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2022/2065/oj).
    (7) Regulation (EU) 2024/1689 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 June 2024 laying down harmonised rules on artificial intelligence and amending Regulations (EC) No 300/2008, (EU) No 167/2013, (EU) No 168/2013, (EU) 2018/858, (EU) 2018/1139 and (EU) 2019/2144 and Directives 2014/90/EU, (EU) 2016/797 and (EU) 2020/1828 (OJ L, 2024/1689, 12.7.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1689/oj).
    (8) Regulation (EU) 2017/2394 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 December 2017 on cooperation between national authorities responsible for the enforcement of consumer protection laws and repealing Regulation (EC) No 2006/2004 (OJ L 345, 27.12.2017, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2017/2394/oj).
    (9) Judgment of 5 March 2024, Public.Resource.Org Inc. v Right to Know CLG, C‑588/21 P, EU:C:2024:201.

    MIL OSI Europe News